diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index e585216f4..abe90380a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" -"现在测试功能 `CODA 示例文件 ` __" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:17 @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ msgid "" "in .CODA Format** and apply." msgstr "" "如果CODA没激活, 你首先激活它。在会计应用中, 去菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> " -"设置(Settings)` 。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" +"设置(Settings)`。在会计设置中, 检查选项 **以 .CODA 格式导入银行对账单** 并应用。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ msgid "" "**Dashboard**, and click on the button **More** on the bank account card. " "Then, click on **Import Statement** to load your first CODA file." msgstr "" -"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。 要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 " +"一旦您已经安装了此功能, 您可以设置你的银行账户允许导入银行对账单文件。要做到这一点, 去会计 **仪表板** , 并在银行账户卡上点击按钮 " "**更多** 。然后, 点击 **导入对账单** 来加载你的第一个 CODA 文件。" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:43 @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ msgid "" "`__" msgstr "" "Odoo能够每4小时直接获得所有银行对账单并自动导入Odoo, 与你的银行同步。在做这步之前, " -"你应该检查你的银行是否对予支持。你可以从“Odoo会计中找到相关功能 `__" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/synchronize.rst:13 @@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ msgid "" "We can always find the payment back from the Invoice by clicking on the " ":menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." msgstr "" -"我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) --> 开启付款(Open Payment)` 。" +"我们可以找到付款信息, 通过单击发票上 :menuselection:`信息(Info) -->开启付款(Open Payment)` 。" #: ../../accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1602,24 +1602,23 @@ msgstr "在选项卡日记帐分录, 默认的借记卡和信用卡帐号可同 #: ../../accounting/others/configuration/account_type.rst:0 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" - #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Sale' for customer invoices journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在客户发票日记账中选择‘销售’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'Purchase' for vendor bills journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在供应商账单日记账中选择‘购买’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" "Select 'Cash' or 'Bank' for journals that are used in customer or vendor " "payments." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在客户或供应商的日记账中选择‘现金’或‘银行’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Select 'General' for miscellaneous operations journals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在杂项业务日记账中选择‘通用’。" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Company" @@ -1753,7 +1752,7 @@ msgstr "不管这个日记账是否显示在仪表板" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "Check Printing Payment Method Selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "检查已选择的打印付款方式" #: ../../accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -1937,11 +1936,11 @@ msgstr "一旦模块被安装了, 你应该看到在财务应用程序了两个 #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:34 msgid ":menuselection:`Adviser --> Assets`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) --> 资产(Assets)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`顾问(Adviser) -->资产(Assets)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:35 msgid ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 资产类型(Asset Types)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->资产类型(Asset Types)` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1962,8 +1961,8 @@ msgid "" "provide any complex accounting information. They just need to provide an " "asset type on the supplier bill." msgstr "" -"资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、 摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, " -"而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案 》。" +"资产类型用于配置资产的所有信息 : 资产和弃用帐户、摊销方法等。这样一来, 顾问可以配置资产类型, 用户可以进一步记录资产, " +"而无需提供任何复杂的会计信息。他们只需要提供资产类型供应商条例草案》。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -1978,7 +1977,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:56 msgid "" "To define asset types, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Asset Types`" -msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置--> 资产类型` " +msgstr "要定义资产类型, 进入 :menuselection:`配置-->资产类型` " #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:63 msgid "Create assets manually" @@ -1988,7 +1987,7 @@ msgstr "手动创建资产" msgid "" "To register an asset manually, go to the menu :menuselection:`Adviser --> " "Assets`." -msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问--> 资产` 。" +msgstr "要手动登记资产, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`顾问-->资产` 。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:71 msgid "" @@ -2172,7 +2171,7 @@ msgid "" " depreciation board: a green bullet point means that the journal entry has " "been created for this line." msgstr "" -"Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。 （不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" +"Odoo将在合适的日期为每位确认资产自动创建折旧日记帐分录。（不是那些草案）。您可以在贬值板控制 :绿色圆点表示日记帐分录已经为这个系列创作。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/assets.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2561,7 +2560,7 @@ msgid "" "**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." msgstr "" "在Odoo中，没有必要做一个特定的年底结账分录，以关闭损益表科目。这些报表实时创建，这意味着 **损益表** " -"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且 科目余额将全部为0。" +"直接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年终日期。因此，任何时候你生成 **损益表**，开始日期将对应于 **财政年度** 的开始，并且科目余额将全部为0。" #: ../../accounting/others/adviser/fiscalyear.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -2571,7 +2570,7 @@ msgid "" "or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " "reporting a 0 balance." msgstr "" -"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天 。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表**" +"一旦会计师/记账员创建分配 **当年利润**的日记账分录，你应该将 **锁定日期** 设置本财政年度的最后一天。确保在此之前，您确认**资产负债表**" " 中当年度收入是否正确报告余额为0。" #: ../../accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 @@ -5197,7 +5196,7 @@ msgid "" "Accounting application." msgstr "" "你的公司必须要配置为默认不含税价格。通常这是默认的配置, 但是你可以会计模块的 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"--> 设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。" +"-->设置(Settings)` 中勾选 **默认销项税** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -5207,7 +5206,7 @@ msgid "" "per customer segment**." msgstr "" "一旦完成, 你就可以创建 **B2C** 价格表。你可以在以下菜单项激活价格表特性 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) " -"--> 设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" +"-->设置(Settings)` 。选择设置 **不同的客户段不同的价格** 。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -5225,7 +5224,7 @@ msgid "" " from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" msgstr "" "然后, 创建一个标价为8.26€的产品, 税是 21%(不含税价), 并且给该产品的B2C客户设置价格为10€。可以通过以下菜单项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` " +":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" @@ -5238,7 +5237,7 @@ msgid "" "position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " "included in price)" msgstr "" -"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) --> 财务结构(Fiscal " +"在会计模块下创建一个B2C的财务结构 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration ) -->财务结构(Fiscal " "Positions)` 。该财政位置做了VAT 21%(不含税价)和VAT 21%(含税价)的映射" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 @@ -5251,7 +5250,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " "result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." msgstr "" -"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` " +"在销售模块下创建一个报价单, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` " "菜单。你会得到以下结果 :8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 @@ -5285,7 +5284,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." -msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售 & 采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" +msgstr "价格表在客户的 **销售&采购** 标签页面, 财政位置在客户的会计标签页面" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 msgid "" @@ -5298,17 +5297,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt taxes to my customer status or localization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何適應稅务對我的客户状态或定位" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:5 msgid "" "Most often sales tax rates depend on your customer status or localization. " "To map taxes, Odoo brings the so-called *Fiscal Positions*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数情况下，销售税率取决于你的客户状态或定位。为体现税率情况，Odoo带来了*财务状况*图" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:9 msgid "Create tax mapping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建税务映射" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -5316,7 +5315,7 @@ msgid "" " on product form) into other taxes. In the screenshot below, foreign " "customers get a 0% tax instead of the default 15%, for both sales and " "purchases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "财务状况是一套将欠税（在产品表格中定义）映射到其他税种的规则。在以下截图中，外国客户取得0% 而非默认的15%税率。同时适用于销售与采购。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5325,7 +5324,7 @@ msgid "" "cases. To define fiscal positions, go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal " "Positions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "依据您的位置自动创建主要财务状况”但特殊用例需另行创建。定义财务状况的路径：:menuselection:‘发票/会计配置财务位置’" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -5333,34 +5332,34 @@ msgid "" "according to the fiscal position. For example, in some countries, revenues " "from sales are not posted in the same account than revenues from sales in " "foreign countries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需使用Odoo会计功能，也可依据财务状况映射收入/支出帐户。举例说，有些国家的销售收入不会记入与来自国外的销售收入帐户。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:29 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调整客户的对应税率" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:31 msgid "" "If a customer falls into a specific taxation rule, you need to apply a tax-" "mapping. To do so, create a fiscal position and assign it to your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如客户适用于某个特定税务规则，请应用税率映射功能，首先创建一个财务状况并分配给你的客户。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:37 msgid "" "Odoo will use this specific fiscal position for any order/invoice recorded " "for the customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo将把这一特定财务状况分配给客户记录的任何订单/发票。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:40 msgid "" "If you set the fiscal position in the sales order or invoice manually, it " "will only apply to this document and not to future orders/invoices of the " "same customer." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在销售订单或发票中手动设置了财务状况，则其只会应用到这一文件，而不会应用到同一客户的未来订单/发票。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:44 msgid "Adapt taxes to your customer address (destination-based)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调整客户所在地的税率（基于目的地）" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -5369,35 +5368,35 @@ msgid "" "the rate of the destination (i.e. your buyer’s address) while some others " "require to collect them at the rate effective at the point of origin (i.e. " "your office or warehouse)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "依据你的地理位置，销售税率可能基于源头或基于目的地课税。多数州或国家要求以目的地（即买方地址）收税，而另一些国家或地区要求以源头（即你的办公室或仓库所在地）位置收税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:51 msgid "" "If you are under the destination-based rule, create one fiscal position per " "tax-mapping to apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如您适用于目的地课税规则，请为每个“应用税率映射”创建一个财务状况。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:53 msgid "Check the box *Detect Automatically*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "勾选*自动发现*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:54 msgid "" "Select a country group, country, state or city to trigger the tax-mapping." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一个国家组、国家、州或城市，开启税率映射。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:59 msgid "" "This way if no fiscal position is set on the customer, Odoo will choose the " "fiscal position matching the shipping address on creating an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方式不会为客户设置财务状况，Odoo将在创建订单时选择与送货地址匹配的财务状况。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:63 msgid "" "For eCommerce orders, the tax of the visitor's cart will automatically " "update and apply the new tax after the visitor has logged in or filled in " "his shipping address." -msgstr "电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 客人购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" +msgstr "对于电子商务订单, 当访问者登录或填写送货地址后, 其购物车的税收将自动更新和应用 。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:68 msgid "Specific use cases" @@ -5407,13 +5406,13 @@ msgstr "特殊使用案例" msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to remove a tax, instead of " "replacing by another, just keep the *Tax to Apply* field empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在某些财务状况下，如要删除而不是替换一种税，只需让*应用税率*栏保持空白。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:76 msgid "" "If, for some fiscal positions, you want to replace a tax by two other taxes," " just create two lines having the same *Tax on Product*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于某些财务状况，有时需要用另外两种税替换一种税，只需用同一个*产品税率*创建两行。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:27 @@ -5424,22 +5423,22 @@ msgstr ":doc:`create` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:83 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:29 msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:84 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:70 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`tax_included`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`tax_included`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/application.rst:85 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:30 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to manage cash basis taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理现金基本税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5447,7 +5446,7 @@ msgid "" "validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" " your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " "method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成付款且无发票过期（本例为标准税）之情形时，应支付现金基本税。基于现金基本税向管理部门申报收、支法在某些国家和一定条件下是合法的。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5455,18 +5454,18 @@ msgid "" "receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " "basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " "2nd quarter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "示例：你在财政年度的一季度销售产品，在财政年度的第二季度收到付款。在收付实现制下，你要管理部门支付的税款应在第二季度支付。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样配置收付实现税？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 msgid "" "You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " "define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先要到以下路径中激活设置：menuselection:会计->配置->设置->允许税收收付实现，接着系统会要求你定义一个税收收付实现日记账。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -5474,42 +5473,43 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. You can open a tax " "and in the *Advanced Options* tab you will see the checkbox *Use Cash " "Basis*. You will then have to define the *Tax Received Account*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成这一步骤后，可在以下路径配置税种：menuselection:会计->配置->税种，然后在*高级选项*页签下打开“税种”，勾选*使用收付实现税*，然后定义*税收接收帐户*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:39 msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收付实现税对我的会计系统将造成何种影响？" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:41 msgid "" "Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " "When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " "your accounting:" -msgstr "" +msgstr " +“举个例子，你取得了100美元的销售收入，附带15%的收付实现税。当你验证客户发票时，以下科目会被创建到你的会计系统中：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:46 msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户发票日记账" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:50 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "应收15美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:76 msgid "Tax Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税款帐户15美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收入帐户100美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:57 msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "几天后，你收到付款：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 msgid "Bank Journal" @@ -5517,12 +5517,12 @@ msgstr "银行日记账" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:64 msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "" +msgstr "银行115美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:69 msgid "" "When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你对比发票和付款时，生成了以下条目：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" @@ -5530,17 +5530,17 @@ msgstr "税金现金收付制日记账" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "税收帐户15美元" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 msgid "" "The two journal items created in the Income Account are neutral but they are" " needed to insure correct tax reports in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在收入帐户下创建的两个日记帐项目为中性，但必需使用它们来确保Odoo中的税收报告准确无误。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:3 msgid "How to create new taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建新税收" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5548,7 +5548,7 @@ msgid "" " value added taxes (VAT), eco-taxes, federal/states/city taxes, retention, " "withholding taxes, etc. For most countries, your system is pre-configured " "with the right taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo的税收引擎非常灵活，它可以支持多种不同的税别，包括：增值税(VAT)、环境污染税、联邦/州/城市税、保留额、代扣所得税等等。在多数国家，系统已经预先配置了正确的税种。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5559,27 +5559,27 @@ msgstr "该章节详细的介绍了如何在特定情景中定义新的税。" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. From this " "menu, you get all the taxes you can use: sales taxes and purchase taxes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：menuselection:会计->配置->税收，菜单中可以看到全部税种，使用：销售税和购置税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:18 msgid "Choose a scope: Sales, Purchase or None (e.g. deprecated tax)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一个范围：销售、购置或无（例如：废弃税种）。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:20 msgid "Select a computation method:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择一种计算方法：" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:22 msgid "**Fixed**: eco-taxes, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**固定**：环境污染税，以及其他" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:24 msgid "**Percentage of Price**: most common (e.g. 15% sales tax)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**价格百分比**：更为普遍（例如售价15%的销售税）“ #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:26 msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**: used in Brazil, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**包含售价的百分比**：例如巴西等国。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:28 msgid "**Group of taxes**: allows to have a compound tax" @@ -5590,39 +5590,39 @@ msgid "" "If you use Odoo Accounting, set a tax account (i.e. where the tax journal " "item will be posted). This field is optional, if you keep it empty, Odoo " "posts the tax journal item in the income account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你使用Odoo做帐，请设定税款帐户（即税款日记帐条目所在位置）。这一字段是可选的，如不填写，Odoo则将税收日记帐条目存放在收入帐户上。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:39 msgid "" "If you want to avoid using a tax, you can not delete it because the tax is " "probably used in several invoices. So, in order to avoid users to continue " "using this tax, you should set the field *Tax Scope* to *None*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如不想使用某种税种，不可简单删除，因为此税种很可能用于多种发票上。为防止用户继续使用这一税种，可以将*税收范围*设置为*无*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:44 msgid "" "If you need more advanced tax mechanism, you can install the module " "**account_tax_python** and you will be able to define new taxes with Python " "code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需高级税务系统，可以安装**account_tax_python**模块，用Python代码定义新的税种。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:49 msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高级配置" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:51 msgid "" "**Label on Invoices**: a short text on how you want this tax to be printed " "on invoice line. For example, a tax named \"15% on Services\" can have the " "following label on invoice \"15%\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**发票标签**：用于表示税种在发票行打印方式的短文本。例如，名为\“15%服务费\”的税种可以显示为“following label on invoice \"15%\”。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:55 msgid "" "**Tax Group**: defines where this tax is summed in the invoice footer. All " "the tax belonging to the same tax group will be grouped on the invoice " "footer. Examples of tax group: VAT, Retention." -msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税务组: 增值税、保留税。" +msgstr "* *税率组* *: 这个发票页脚处自定义。所有属于这个组的税会在发票页脚处汇总。税率组: 增值税、保留税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -5634,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr "* *包含于成本分析* * : 税是计入成本,因此, 如果发票 msgid "" "**Tags**: are used for custom reports. Usually, you can keep this field " "empty." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**标签**:用于客户报告，通常可以不填写。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/create.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:28 @@ -5644,33 +5644,33 @@ msgstr ":doc:`application` " #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 msgid "How to set default taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置欠税" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 msgid "" "Taxes applied in your country are installed automatically for most " "localizations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你所在国家的适用税种已在大多数地区自动安装。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:7 msgid "" "Default taxes set in orders and invoices come from each product's Invoicing " "tab. Such taxes are used when you sell to companies that are in the same " "country/state than you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单和发票中的欠税设置来自每个产品的发票系统的页签。你向同一国家/州的公司销售产品时适用这些税种。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:13 msgid "" "To change the default taxes set for any new product created go to " ":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了更改创建的任一新产品的欠税设置，请选择：menuselection:‘发票/会计->配置->设置’。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/default_taxes.rst:20 msgid "" "If you work in a multi-companies environment, the sales and purchase taxes " "may have a different value according to the company you work for. You can " "login into two different companies and change this field for each company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你处于多公司环境中，你服务的每个公司的销售和购置税值可能有所不同。你可以登入两个不同的公司中，为每个公司修改这一字段。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/retention.rst:3 msgid "How to manage withholding taxes?" @@ -5757,21 +5757,21 @@ msgstr "打印的发票将显示每个组合的不同合计。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:3 msgid "How to set tax-included prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何设置含税价" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:5 msgid "" "In most countries, B2C prices are tax-included. To do that in Odoo, check " "*Included in Price* for your sales taxes in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数国家的B2C价格都是含税的。可以在销售税中勾选**含税价**，路径为：menuselection:会计->配置->税收。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:12 msgid "" "This way the price set on the product form includes the tax. As an example, " "let's say you have a product with a sales tax of 10%. The sales price on the" " product form is $100." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这样产品的价格设定就是含税的。例如，如果某产品的销售税为10%，那么产品表单上的售价为100美元。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:16 msgid "If the tax is not included in the price, you will get:" @@ -5809,11 +5809,11 @@ msgstr "总计待支付 :$100" msgid "" "You can rely on following documentation if you need both tax-included (B2C) " "and tax-excluded prices (B2B): :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如同时需要含税(B2C)和不含税(B2B)两种方式，可依据以下文档：:doc:`B2B_B2C`." #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:36 msgid "Show tax-included prices in eCommerce catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在电子商务目录中显示含税价" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/tax_included.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5821,11 +5821,11 @@ msgid "" "display it in tax-included, check *Show line subtotals with taxes included " "(B2C)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` (Tax " "Display)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "显示在电子商务目录中的价格默认为不含税，要改为含税，请打开menuselection:销售->配置->设置（税种显示）,勾选*显示含税(B2C)*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 msgid "How to get correct tax rates in the US thanks to TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样通过TaxCloud获得美国正确的税率" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5834,79 +5834,79 @@ msgid "" "exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. TaxCloud " "calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and special " "jurisdiction in the United States." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**TaxCloud**集成功能允许用户计算美国各地的销售税，跟踪免除销售税的产品类别，以及哪些州支持免税。TaxCloud可实时计算各州、市以及美国特别司法辖区的销售税。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 msgid "In Tax Cloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在TaxCloud税收云上" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 msgid "" "Create a free account on `*TaxCloud* `__ " "website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*TaxCloud* `__地址下创建一个帐户" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "Register your website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该网址上注册TaxCloud，获得一个*API ID*和*API密钥*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo上" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and check *Compute sales tax automatically using TaxCloud*. Click *Apply*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：menuselection:发票/会计->配置->设置，勾选*使用TaxCloud自动计算销售税，点击*应用*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "Still in those settings, enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "继续在设置中输入你的TaxCloud证书。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:32 msgid "" "Hit *Sync TaxCloud Categories (TIC)* to import TIC product categories from " "TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may imply specific " "rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*同步TaxCloud目录(TIC)*，从TaxCloud中导入TIC（征税信息代码）产品目录。有些目录可能表示特定的税率。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 msgid "" "Set default *TIC Code* and taxe rates. This will apply to any new product " "created. A default sales tax is needed to trigger the tax computation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置默认的*TIC代码*和税率。这适用于创建的任一新产品。默认税率用于触发税款的计算。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:43 msgid "" "For products under a specific category, select it in its detail form (in " "*Sales* tab)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于一个特定目录下的产品，请从详情表中进行选择（位于*销售*页签下）。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is well defined (especially the state and the" " zip code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and click " "*Configure your company data*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保你的公司地址是正确的（尤其是邮政编码）。到以下路径进行设置：menuselection:设置->通用设置，点击*配置公司信息*。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:51 msgid "How it works" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作方式" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:53 msgid "" "Automatic tax assignation works thanks to fiscal positions (see " ":doc:`application`). A specific fiscal position is created when installing " "*TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由财务状况而定的自动税收分配工作（见doc:’应用’）。安装*TaxCloud*时，特定的财务状况同时被创建。一切工作方式都非常新颖。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:58 msgid "" "This fiscal position is set on any sales order, web order, or invoice when " "the customer country is *United States*. This is triggering the automated " "tax computation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何来自*美国*的销售订单、网页订单或发票都可设置这一财务状况，并触发自动税收计算。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -5915,22 +5915,22 @@ msgid "" "location (state and zip code) and product TIC category, create a new tax " "rate if that tax percentage does not already exist in your system and return" " it in the order item line (e.g. 7.0%)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品添加一个默认销售税。Odoo会自动发送请求给TaxCloud，获取基于客户位置（州和城市邮编）和产品TIC目录的准确税率。如果系统中没有合适的税率，则会创建一个税率（例如7.0%）并返回到订单项目行。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 msgid "How to create specific tax mappings using TaxCloud" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用TaxCloud创建一个特定的税收映射" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 msgid "" "You can create several fiscal positions using TaxCloud. Check *Use TaxCloud " "API* to do so. Such fiscal postions can be assigned to customers in their " "detail form in order to get them by default whenever they buy you something." -msgstr "" +msgstr "勾选*使用TaxCloud API*，可以用TaxCloud创建多种财务状况。这些状况可以在详细表中分配给不同的顾客。每次顾客向你购买商品时都可默认取得。" #: ../../accounting/others/taxes/taxcloud.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`default_taxes`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`default_taxes`" #: ../../accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -6048,7 +6048,7 @@ msgid "" "`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " "`__" msgstr "" -" `理解每个单据的odoo会计交易 ` __" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 @@ -6231,7 +6231,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " "these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" " tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易， 并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" +msgstr "Odoo为你的纳税期间合计所有的会计交易，并使用这些汇总计算纳税的义务。然后, 您可以通过运行Odoo的税务报表来检查你的销售税金。" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 msgid "Inventory Valuation" @@ -6250,7 +6250,7 @@ msgid "" "`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " "`__" msgstr "" -" `查看计价方法对交易的影响 ` " +" `查看计价方法对交易的影响` " "__" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 @@ -7576,7 +7576,7 @@ msgstr "销售价 : 0.32" msgid "" "Unit of Measure: Km or mile (you will need to enable the **Multiple Unit of " "Measures** option from :menuselection:`Sales module --> Configuration`)" -msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或 英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" +msgstr "计量单位 :公里(Km) 或英里(mile) (需在菜单[销售模块]-->[配置]中勾选\" 多个计量单位\\ \\ \\ \"" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:48 msgid "**Hotel**" @@ -7654,7 +7654,7 @@ msgstr "会计登录日记账分录" msgid "" "the company reimburse the employee expense (the employee is like a vendor, " "with a payable account)" -msgstr "公司报销员工费用 （员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" +msgstr "公司报销员工费用（员工就像一个供应商, 有应付款科目）" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7678,7 +7678,7 @@ msgstr "一个产品 :费用类型" msgid "" "a price (e.g. hotel) or a quantity (e.g. reimburse km if travel with his own" " car)" -msgstr "价格 （例如酒店） 或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)" +msgstr "价格（例如酒店）或数量 (例如报销自驾车里程数)" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -7727,7 +7727,7 @@ msgstr "经理能 :" msgid "" "discuss on an expense to ask for more information (e.g., if a scan of the " "bill is missing);" -msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息 （例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" +msgstr "讨论费用索要更多的信息（例如, 单据复印件丢失）;" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:140 msgid "reject an expense;" @@ -7800,7 +7800,7 @@ msgstr "未重开票给客户的费用" msgid "" "If some expenses should not be reinvoiced to customers, you have two " "options:" -msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项 ︰" +msgstr "如果一些费用不可以重开发票给客户, 你有两个选项︰" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -8053,7 +8053,7 @@ msgstr "付款界面字段的解释 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Has Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有发票" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Technical field used for usability purposes" @@ -8061,7 +8061,7 @@ msgstr "技术字段可使用" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "Hide Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "隐藏付款方式" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -8165,11 +8165,11 @@ msgstr "付款登记后, 点击* *确定* *。确认后,就可以直接* *打印 #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:136 msgid "`Print checks `_" -msgstr " `打印支票 ` _" +msgstr " `打印支票` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:138 msgid "`Reconcile bank statements `_" -msgstr " `银行对账 ` _" +msgstr " `银行对账` _" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 msgid "How to pay several bills at once?" @@ -8251,7 +8251,7 @@ msgstr "供应商发票,通过勾选旁边的框选择刚刚创建的发票。 msgid "" "Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " "for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个 账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。" +msgstr "插入付款的细节。系统会计算2个账单的总金额,但你可以修改它。点击* *确认 * *。" #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" @@ -8271,7 +8271,7 @@ msgstr "首先, 我们来创建一个付款" msgid "" "This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " "Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 --> 银行分类账 --> 更多选项 --> 付款` " +msgstr "这可以在以下处理 :`仪表盘 -->银行分类账 -->更多选项 -->付款` " #: ../../accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -8757,7 +8757,7 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" -"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** " +"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " "字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 @@ -8778,7 +8778,7 @@ msgid "" "see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " "is outlined in red below:" msgstr "" -"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品, 在采购单被确认后你需要从 **库存** 中接收产品。 在 **库存** 仪表盘, " +"如果你采购了你管理库存的可库存产品, 在采购单被确认后你需要从 **库存** 中接收产品。在 **库存** 仪表盘, " "你可以看到一个按钮直接链接你到产品的转移, 这个按钮在以下红色处概述 :" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:100 @@ -9634,7 +9634,7 @@ msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:47 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣ 提货单(Delivery Order) ‣ 发票(Invoice)" +msgstr "销售订单(Sales Order) ‣提货单(Delivery Order) ‣发票(Invoice)" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -9655,7 +9655,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:62 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "电子商务订单 ‣ 发票" +msgstr "电子商务订单‣发票" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -9786,7 +9786,7 @@ msgid "" "Payment terms are different from invoicing in several areas. If, for a " "specific order, you invoice the customer in two parts, that's not a payment " "term but invoice conditions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "各地发票系统中的付款条件是有差别的。如你将某一笔订单分成两部分向顾客开发票，则这不是一个付款条件，而是一个开发票的条件。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -10239,7 +10239,7 @@ msgstr "即使第一个方法更干净，Odoo仍支持第二种方法, 因为一 msgid "" "On the Accounting module, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals " "--> Create`" -msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 --> 分类账 --> 创建`" +msgstr "在会计模块，转到 :menuselection:`配置 -->分类账 -->创建`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -10262,7 +10262,7 @@ msgstr "**默认借方账户**: 信用卡" msgid "" "The account type should be \"Credit Card\". Once it's done, don't forget to " "set the \"Credit cards\" account as \"Allow Reconciliation\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "帐户类别可以是\"信用卡\"。完成设置后，请记得将\"信用卡\"帐户设为\"允许对账\"。" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:57 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:119 @@ -10514,7 +10514,7 @@ msgstr "发送客户对账单" msgid "" "Send your customers reminders in batches in the menu :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Customer Statements`." -msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售--> 客户报表` ." +msgstr "在菜单中分批发送您的客户提醒 :菜单选择:`销售-->客户报表` ." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -11050,7 +11050,7 @@ msgstr "查看所有 **逾期发票** 或 **需要的行动** " #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:139 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Customers Statement`" msgstr "" -"转到 :menuselection:`会计(Accounting) --> 销售(Sales) --> 客户对账单(Customers " +"转到 :menuselection:`会计(Accounting) -->销售(Sales) -->客户对账单(Customers " "Statement)` " #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:145 diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 8b81cd489..329e40f4a 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -28,48 +28,48 @@ msgstr "日历" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 msgid "How to synchronize your Odoo Calendar with Google Calendar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何同步你的Odoo日历和Google Calendar？" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " "manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " "directions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能完美集成Google Calendar，因此能从两个平台上管理你的会议（同时通过两种方式更新日程）。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Google中设定" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开Google API平台https://console.developers.google.com>，生成Google Calendar API证书，然后用Google帐号登录。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 msgid "Choose *Calendar API*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*Calendar API*。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个新项目并取名（例如Odoo）。项目用于存贮API证书。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用API。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建用于Odoo的证书。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ msgid "" " JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后创建一个客户端ID。输入应用名称（例如Odoo）及你被许可重定向的页面。*授权JavaScript原点*是你的Odoo实例URL。*授权的重定向URL*是Odoo实例的URL,后接'/google_account/authentication'。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -86,27 +86,27 @@ msgid "" "Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not mandatory. The" " Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID in Odoo for " "the first time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入产品名（如Odoo）进入用户许可屏。自行勾选用户自定义选项（非必须）。只有在首次输入客户端ID时才会显示用户许可屏。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" " the **Client secret** as well. You will need both of them in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，你将获得一个**客户端ID**。进入*证书*窗口同时获取**客户端机密**。在Odoo应用中两者都是必需的。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:62 msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置Odoo" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:64 msgid "Install **Google Calendar** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装**Google Calendar**应用程序。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your " "credentials in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：menuselection:设置->通用设置，在Google Calender选项中输入你的证书号。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -114,11 +114,11 @@ msgid "" "first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " "connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" " whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置现已就绪。打开Odoo日历，与Google Calendar同步。首次同步时会转到Google，对链接进行授权。返回Odoo后，再次点击同步按钮。任何时候同步均可点击这个按钮。" #: ../../crm/calendar/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "没有理由再错过会议了哦！" #: ../../crm/leads.rst:3 msgid "Leads" @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ msgid "" "module --> General Settings`." msgstr "" "你需要做的第一件事是配置你的 **发送电子邮件服务器** 和 **接收电子邮件网关** , 从 " -":menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) --> 常规设置(General Settings)` 。" +":menuselection:`设置模块(Settings module) -->常规设置(General Settings)` 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ msgstr "从那里, 发送到这个电子邮件地址的每个电子邮件将生 #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:48 msgid "Set up catch-all email domain" -msgstr "设置 获取-所有 邮件域名" +msgstr "设置获取-所有邮件域名" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ msgid "" "domain." msgstr "" "此外, 以您的销售团队的别名, 你还可以创建一个通用的电子邮件别名(例如 *@联系人* 或 *信息@* ), 也将产生Odoo " -"CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` " +"CRM新的联系。仍然在销售模块, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` " "并设置捕获所有电子邮件域。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/emails.rst:57 @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`website` " #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import contacts to the CRM?" -msgstr "如何导入联系人到CRM?" +msgstr "如何将联系人导入CRM?" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ msgid "" "if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." msgstr "" "默认情况下, 线索阶段是不再Odoo里被激活的.如果你要导入你的联系做为线索而不是机会, 如下所示去到 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 选择 **使用线索如果...** 并点击 " "**应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:33 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "from which you will be able to import your contacts from the **Import** " "button (if you want to create a lead manually, :doc:`click here `)" msgstr "" -"这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - > 线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, " +"这种激活将创建一个新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售 - >线索` 从中你将能够从 **导入** 按钮, " "导入联系人(如果你想手动创建一个线索, : doc :`点击这里<手册>` )" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/import.rst:41 @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ msgid "" "format options (**Encoding** and **Separator**) to match your local settings" " and display your columns properly." msgstr "" -"在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 " +"在新的子菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 点击 **导入** 并选择您的Excel文件, 从 " "**选择文件** 按钮导入。确保它的扩展名是 **.csv** 文件, 不要忘记设置正确的文件格式选项( **编码** 和 **分离器** ), " "以配合您的本地设置和正确显示你的列。" @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the option " "\"\"use leads if…** as shown below and click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去:menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置`, " +"默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM. 里是不激活的. 要激活它的话, 去:menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置`, " "如下所示选择选项 **选择线索如果...** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:18 @@ -406,14 +406,14 @@ msgstr "创建新线索" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:28 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Leads` and click the **Create** button." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮." +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索(Leads)` , 并点击 **创建** 按钮." #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:33 msgid "" "From the contact form, provide all the details in your possession (contact " "name, email, phone, address, etc.) as well as some additional information in" " the **Internal notes** field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从联系人表格中，提供你所拥有的全部详细信息（包括联系人姓名、电邮、电话、地址等），在**互联网笔记**栏提供其他信息。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/manual.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "默认情况下, 线索阶段在Odoo CRM 里是不激活的。而是, " "新的线索自动成成机会.你能轻松地激活增加线索步骤的选项.如果你要导入你的联系活动作为线索而不是机会, 从销售模块的 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 如下所示选择 **使用线索如果...** " "的选项并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../crm/leads/generate/website.rst:50 @@ -912,8 +912,8 @@ msgid "" "Once the module is installed, you should see a new menu " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Leads Management --> Scoring Rules`" msgstr "" -"一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 线索管理(Leads Management) " -"--> 评分规则(Scoring Rules)` " +"一旦模块安装后, 你可以看到一条行的菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->线索管理(Leads Management) " +"-->评分规则(Scoring Rules)` " #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "Create scoring rules" @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "field." msgstr "" "现在下一步是自动将您的最佳线索转化为机遇。为了做到这一点, 你需要决定什么是最低分数线索应该被移交给一个指定的销售团队。去你 **的销售仪表板** , " -"然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。 在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。" +"然后点击 **更多** 您期望的销售队伍的按钮, 然后在 **设定** 。在 **最低分数** 字段输入你的值。" #: ../../crm/leads/manage/lead_scoring.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ msgid "" "`_. Once the source directory is " "extracted:" msgstr "" -"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载 `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" +"你也需要安装PJSIP, 你可以从如下链接下载 `_.一旦资源目录被提取。" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:37 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "运行Asterisk 配置脚本" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:108 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" -msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择 工具" +msgstr "运行Asterisk 菜单选择工具" #: ../../crm/leads/voip/setup.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ msgid "" " by accessing this basic report, you can get a quick overview of your actual" " sales performance." msgstr "" -"您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售 - >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会," +"您可以从 **销售** 模块中获得您的销售渠道业绩, 通过点击 :菜单选择:`销售- >报告 - >管道分析` 。默认情况下, 报告组合了所有的机会," " 通过阶段(了解更多关于如何创建和自定义阶段阅读 :DOC:'../销售团队/设置/组织_管道)和当月的预期收入。这份报告对 **销售经理** " "定期审查销售渠道与相关销售团队是很完善的。通过访问这个基本的报告, 你可以得到的实际销售业绩的快速概述。" @@ -2377,7 +2377,7 @@ msgstr "创建一个挑战" msgid "" "You will now be able to create your first challenge from the menu " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." -msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - > 挑战` 。" +msgstr "现在, 您可以从菜单中创建您的第一个挑战 :菜单选择:`设置 - >游戏化工具 - >挑战` 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgid "" "The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach. " "**Goals** are assigned through **challenges** to evaluate (see here above) " "and compare members of a team with each others and through time." -msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。 分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。" +msgstr "用户可使用的目标和达到数值目标进行评估。分配 **目标** 并通过 **挑战** 评估(见本文上面)在团队成员之间进行比较及通过的时间。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ msgstr "发票总量在特定的一周, 一个月或根据您的喜好管理其 msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." -msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如 设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" +msgstr "目标也包括你的数据库设立(比如设定你的公司数据, 一个时区, 建立一个新用户, 等等)" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:93 msgid "Set up rewards" @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ msgstr "对于非数值的成绩, **徽章** 可以授给用户。从一个简 msgid "" "You can easily create a grant badges to your employees based on their " "performance under :menuselection:`Gamification Tools --> Badges`." -msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - > 徽章 `。" +msgstr "您可以轻松创建一个授予徽章基于你的员工的表现 :菜单选择:'游戏化工具 - >徽章 `。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/manage/reward.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/analysis`" @@ -2517,7 +2517,7 @@ msgid "" "To create a new team, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales Teams` " "and click on **Create**." msgstr "" -"建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 " +"建立一个新团队, 去 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->销售团队(Sales Teams)` 点击 " "**创建** 。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team.rst:18 @@ -2658,7 +2658,7 @@ msgid "" "For example, if your sales cycle contains the stages *Territory, Qualified, " "Qualified Sponsor, Proposition, Negotiation, Won and Lost,* then your " "workflow could look like this :" -msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得 和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :" +msgstr "比如, 如果你的销售周期包含阶段 *领域, 资格认证, 资格认证保证, 主张, 谈判, 赢得和丢失, * 然后你的工作流就可以这样 :" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@ msgstr "*成功率 : 75%*" msgid "" "**Won** : the prospect confirmed his quotation and received a sales order. " "He is now a customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**赢了**：潜在客户确认了他的报价，收到销售订单。现在他已成为真正的顾客了。" #: ../../crm/salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline.rst:119 msgid "*Success rate : 100%*" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po index 4e75d15e6..8ea22b549 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/db_management.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA, 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -19,12 +19,12 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:8 -msgid "Online Database management" -msgstr "" +msgid"Online Database management" +msgstr "在线数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:13 -msgid "Duplicating a database" -msgstr "" +msgid"Duplicating a database" +msgstr "复制数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "administrator of the database you want to duplicate. After that, click on " "the **Manage Your Databases** button." msgstr "" -"访问`数据库管理页面 `__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, " +"访问`数据库管理页面`__ (你必须先登入sign in). 下一步, " "在复制数据库前先确保你拥有管理员权限. 然后, 点击**管理你的数据库** 按钮." #: ../../db_management/db_online.rst:26 @@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ msgid "Duplicate databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "数据库副本将在15天后自动过期." #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:7 -msgid "On-premise Database management" -msgstr "" +msgid"On-premise Database management" +msgstr "预置数据库管理" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:10 msgid "Register a database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "注册一个数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -103,60 +103,60 @@ msgid "" " turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" "registered database. You can check this Epiration Date in the About menu " "(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要激活你的数据库，只需在应用切换器 (App Switch）标题中输入订阅码。注意订阅码前后不可有空格。注册成功后，空格会变为绿色，并会显示数据库的到期时间。可以在“关于”菜单（Odoo 9）或“设置”仪表板（Odoo 10）中查看这个过期时间。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:20 -msgid "Registration Error Message" -msgstr "" +msgid"Registration Error Message" +msgstr "注册错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:22 msgid "" "If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " "message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你无法注册数据库，可能会被提示以下的消息：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:31 ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:97 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:130 msgid "Solutions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "解决方案" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:33 -msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" -msgstr "" +msgid"Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "你的企业订阅号码是有效的吗？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:35 msgid "" "Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" -" Account `__ or with your Account " +" Account`__ or with your Account " "Manager" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以在你的odoo账号检查你的订阅信息是否是激活的状态（），或者联系你的客户经理。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:39 -msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" -msgstr "" +msgid"Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "你是否已经将数据库绑定到你的订阅号码？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:41 msgid "" "You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " "development database? `Find a partner `__)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你只可以绑定一个数据库到你的订阅号码。（需要测试或开发数据库吗？请到以下地址寻找合作伙伴：）" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:45 msgid "" "You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " "`__ with the button \"Unlink " "database\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "按\Unlink database（取消数据库绑定）\按钮可自行在Odoo合约（Odoo Contract）中取消旧数据的绑定。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:52 msgid "" "A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " "as it will be deactivated shortly:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "出现确认消息时，请确保这是正确的数据库，该数据库会冻结。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:59 msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你有Odoo9的升级版吗？" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:61 #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:190 @@ -171,43 +171,43 @@ msgid "" " Please check on your `Odoo Contract " "`__, a short message will appear " "specifying which database is problematic:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果不属于上述情形，可以用多个数据库共享同一个UUID。请在中勾选“Odoo合约”，然后会出现以下提示：请指出有问题的数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:73 msgid "" "In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " "this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " "`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种情况你需要更改测试用数据库的UUID。可在以下位置查找详细信息：" :ref:`本节""`" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:76 msgid "" "For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " "database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " "invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为便于查找，我们用UUID辨别数据库，因此每个数据库都有自己独一的UUID，确保大家能轻松处理注册信息和小票。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:82 msgid "Too much users error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户量超标的错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:84 msgid "" "If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" " Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你本地数据库的用户数高于Odoo企业订阅的购买量，可能会收到以下提示：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:93 msgid "" "When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " "countdown is updated everyday." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的资料库会在第30天过期，每天更新倒计时天数。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:99 msgid "" "**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " "upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在订阅中**添加用户**：按照以下链接验证追加的报价，并为额外的用户付款。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:102 msgid "or" @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ msgid "" "`__ and **Reject** the upsell quotation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按照文献要求**冻结用户**" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -228,51 +228,51 @@ msgid "" "occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," " so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " "message disappear right away." -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库得到准确的用户数量后，过期消息会在Odoo自动验证后消失，会是几天的时间。我们理解看到倒计时界面会有一点吓人，所以可以:ref:`force升级通知`立即移除倒计时。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:116 msgid "Database expired error message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库已过期错误消息" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:118 msgid "" "If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " "subscription, you will encounter this message:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在更新订阅之前数据库临近过期日期，你会收到以下消息提示：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:126 msgid "" "This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" " days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " "database is expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在非屏蔽消息出现至少30天后，**屏蔽**消息出现。如果倒计时结束前仍未采取任何行动，数据库过期而冻结。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:134 msgid "" "Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " "that" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新你的订阅：按照以下链接更新你的订阅-注意" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:133 msgid "" "if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " "renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " "card payments are processed immediately." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如通过电汇付款，只有当汇款到账后订阅方才生效，可能会耽误几天时间。信用卡付款可以立即处理。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:136 -msgid "Contact our `Support `__" -msgstr "" +msgid"Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "联系我们的支持部门：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:138 msgid "" "None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以上订阅均不适用？请联系我们的支持部门" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:145 msgid "Force an Update Notification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "强制升级通知" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -283,47 +283,47 @@ msgid "" "discrepancies between the state of your subscription and some notifications " "in your App Switcher. When doing such an operation on your subscription, you" " can force an Update using the following procedure:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "升级通知每7天出现一次，使数据库与您订阅的Odoo企业版保持一致。如果修改了订阅（即添加了用户、续订一年等情形），你的本地数据库只能识别到每7天一次的更改，这可能会造成实际的订阅状态与App切换器通知之间的差异。在对订阅进行这种操作时，可以通过以下步骤强制升级：" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:154 msgid "Connect to the database with the **Administrator** account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用**管理员**帐号连接数据" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:155 msgid "" "Switch to the Developer mode by using the **About** option in the top-right " "menu (in V9) / in **Settings** (in V10): click on **Activate the developer" " mode**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "切换到菜单右上方（V9版本）或**设置**（V10版本）的**关于**选项，选择开发者模式，点击**激活开发者模式**" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:158 msgid "" "Navigate to the \"Settings\" menu, then \"Technical\" > \"Automation\" > " "\"Scheduled Actions\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导航到\"设置\"菜单，选择\"技术\" > \"自动\" >"\"预设动作\ "" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:160 msgid "" "Find \"Update Notification\" in the list, click on it, and finally click on " "the button \"**RUN MANUALLY**\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在列表中找到\"升级通知\"并点击，最后点击\**手动运行**\按钮" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:162 msgid "Refresh the page, the \"Expiration\" notification should be gone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "刷新页面后，\"过期\"通知消失。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:165 msgid "" "You may have kept the same UUID on different databases and we receive " "information from those databases too. So please read :ref:`this " -"documentation ` to know how to change the UUID. After the" +"documentation` to know how to change the UUID. After the" " change you can force a ping to speed up the verification, your production " "database will then be correctly identified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可能在不同的数据库上保设置了同一UUID，我们也从这些数据库收到了同样的信息。请阅读:ref:`这一文档了解如何更改UUID。更改完成后，可以强制Ping一次，加速验证过程。你的运营数据库即可正确识别。" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:174 -msgid "Duplicate a database" -msgstr "" +msgid"Duplicate a database" +msgstr "复制数据库" #: ../../db_management/db_premise.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -353,13 +353,13 @@ msgid "" " generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it like any other record " "by clicking on it and using the edit button." msgstr "" -"可以通过菜单 **设置 > 参数 > 系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid 生成器 " +"可以通过菜单 **设置>参数>系统参数** 访问到数据库的UUID,我们建议使用 `uuid生成器 " "`__ 或Unix命令 " "\"uuidgen\"来生成一个新的UUID.你就可以编辑按钮来用新的UUID替换原先的记录." #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:7 msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户和特性" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -384,14 +384,14 @@ msgid "" "instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " "to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " "goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" +msgstr "本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo。在进行以下步骤前，我们**强烈**建议您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到业务运作。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:24 msgid "" "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" " ` and :ref:`on premise ` " "installations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`online" ` 和:ref:`on premise `"安装。 #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ msgid "" "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " "` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" " installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请确保在进行任何正式改动前（*尤其是*安装或卸载App时）在复制数据库的:ref:`duplicate ""`进行第一次测试。" #: ../../db_management/documentation.rst:77 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po index 54ad6a9d1..403254f3c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/discuss.po @@ -23,80 +23,79 @@ msgid "Discuss" msgstr "讨论" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to use my own email servers to send and receive email in Odoo" +msgstr"如何使用我自己的电邮服务器在Odoo系统发送和接收" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:6 msgid "When is it needed" -msgstr "" +msgstr"何时需要" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:7 msgid "" "Using your own email servers is required to send and receive messages in " -"Odoo Community or Enterprise. Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " +"Odoo Community or Enterprise.Odoo Online embeds an out-of-box email " "solution that works straight away. However you can still use your own email " "servers with the online edition. Some insights are provided here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr"在Odoo社区或收发邮件需要使用你自己的电邮服务器。“Odoo在线”嵌入在发件箱邮件解决方案中，可立即运行。然而，你还是可以在线上版本使用你自己的电邮服务器。以下提供了一些帮助。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:14 -msgid "How to set it up" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to set it up" +msgstr"如何设置" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:15 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " "check *External Email Servers* (watch out: this checkbox only shows up after" " Odoo 10). Then, go through the following steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr"以系统管理员的身份：menuselection:设置->通用设置，勾选*外部邮件服务器*（注意：只有Odoo10以上的版本才有这个复选框。然后进入以下步骤。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:21 msgid "" "Office 365 doesn't allow external hosts like Odoo. Consequently you can't " "use Office 365 email servers to send or receive messages in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr"Office 365不支持Odoo这类的外部主机，因此无法通过Office 365电邮服务器在Odoo上收发消息。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:26 msgid "Set an outgoing email server for outbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr"为外发消息设置一个外发电邮服务器" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:27 -msgid "" +msgid"" "You need the SMTP data of your email provider (Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL, " "etc.) as well as your admin credentials. Once all the information has been " "filled out, click on *Test Connection*." -msgstr "" +msgstr"你需要电邮服务商（如Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL）的SMTP数据以及管理员证书。填写全部信息后，点击*测试连接*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:35 msgid "Set an incoming email server for inbound messages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为入站邮件设置接收服务器。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " +msgid"Fill out the form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the " "*Actions to Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has " "been filled out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" +msgstr"根据电邮供应商的设置填写表格。不要填写*对接收到的邮件采取的行动*栏。填写完毕后，点击*测试并确认*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:43 msgid "" "By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes. You can change this" " value in developer mode. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" +msgstr"默认的设置是每隔5分钟接收一次邮件。可以在开发模式中更改这个间隔值。方法是进入：menuselection:设置->技术->自动->设定动作，然后找到*邮件: 邮件收发服务*。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:49 msgid "Set the domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr"设定域名" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:50 msgid "" "Enter the domain name of your email servers (e.g. mycompany.com) in General " "Settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr"在通用设置里面输入域名和邮件服务器（如mycompany.com）" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "Create a catchall address" -msgstr "" +msgstr"创建一个catchall地址" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -104,33 +103,33 @@ msgid "" " a generic address used to route the reply to the right discussion thread in" " Odoo (opportunity, order, task, etc.) and to the inbox of all its " "followers. By default this address is \"catchall@\" but it can be changed." -msgstr "" +msgstr"当一个联系人回复Odoo发送的邮件时，*reply-to* 地址是一个catchall地址，可将回复中继到Odoo（商机、订单、任务等）中正确的讨论话题，以及所有关注者的邮箱中。地址默认为\"catchall@\"，也可以更改。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:63 msgid "" "Create a catchall address in your email server settings. We advise you to " "use \"catchall@\" so that everything works out straight away. If you want to" " use another alias, you have extra steps in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr"在你的邮件服务器设置中创建一个catchall地址。我们建议您使用\"catchall@\"地址，可直接运行。如想使用其他别名，需要在Odoo中多设置一些步骤。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:67 -msgid "Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." -msgstr "" +msgid"Activate the developer mode from your Settings Dashboard." +msgstr"从设置仪表板激活开发者模式。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:72 msgid "" "Refresh your screen. Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " "Parameters --> System Parameters` and enter your custom catchall alias in " "*mail.catchall.alias*." -msgstr "" +msgstr"刷新屏幕。然后进入：menuselection:设置->技术->参数->系统参数，在*mail.catchall.alias*中输入你自定的catchall别名。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:79 -msgid "You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." -msgstr "" +msgid"You can edit the email alias used for bounced messages the same way." +msgstr"可以用同样的方法编辑外发邮件的地址别名。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to use my own email servers with Odoo Online" +msgstr"如何通过Odoo在线使用我自己的邮件服务器" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -139,27 +138,27 @@ msgid "" "is really convenient. Indeed, while it is Odoo-labelled, the visible source " "of any message sent from Odoo will be your personal email address (your Odoo" " login). Your contacts will therefore trust your messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr"Odoo在线具有嵌入式和立即可用的邮件服务器(*@yourcompany.odoo.com*)。我们建议保持此默认设置，因为它非常便捷。带有Odoo标签时，从Odoo发出的任何可见消息源都是你的个人邮件地址（你的Odoo登录），联系人也会因此而信任你发送的邮件。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:90 msgid "" "You can still use your own email servers if you want your contacts to see " "your historic email address when they reply to your messages or if you want " "to manage the reputation of your email servers yourself." -msgstr "" +msgstr"如你希望联系人在回复邮件时看到你的历史地址，或者希望自行管理邮件服务器，仍可使用你自己的邮件服务器。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "There are 2 methods:" -msgstr "" +msgid"There are 2 methods:" +msgstr"以下有两种设置方法：" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:96 msgid "" -"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server -> Odoo server) to" +"[Recommended] **Use a catchall redirection** (your server ->Odoo server) to" " receive emails in Odoo in real time thanks to the Odoo email server. Create" " a catchall address in your email server settings. Then apply following " "redirection: catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com. " "That's it you're ready to go!" -msgstr "" +msgstr"[推荐]依赖于Odoo电邮服务器，我们**使用catchall 转发**（你的服务器->Odoo服务器）实时接收Odoo邮件。在你的电邮服务器设置中创建一个catchall地址，然后应用以下转发：catchall@yourdomain.ext -> catchall@yourcompany.odoo.com。准备就绪。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -169,11 +168,11 @@ msgid "" "cron running every hour. This is the shortest time lap for crons in Online " "instances. If you opt for this solution, simply follow the procedure of " "above section." -msgstr "" +msgstr"**使用catchall邮箱**单独使用你自己的邮件服务器。这是你管理自己的邮件服务器可信度的方式（黑名单机制等）。由于cron每小时运行一次，接收的邮件从邮件服务器中获取。这是cron在线实例的最短时间段。如你选择了这种解决方案，只需按照以下步骤设置。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:111 msgid "How to be SPF-compliant when using external email servers in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr"在Odoo上使用外部邮件服务器时如何与SPF兼容" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -182,62 +181,63 @@ msgid "" "administrator. Such a security system is used in most email servers. If you " "don't comply with it, your emails sent from Odoo will be likely flagged as " "spam." -msgstr "" +msgstr"发送者策略框架（SPF）是一种邮件确认系统，它可以检查某个域名发出的邮件是否经过域名管理者的授权。这种安全机制被用于多数邮件服务器。如果不兼容，则你从Odoo发出的邮件很可能被标记为垃圾邮件。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:118 msgid "" "To be SPF-compliant, you need to authorize Odoo as a sending host in your " "domain name settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr"为了与SPF兼容，你需要在域名设置中对Odoo授权。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:121 -msgid "Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." -msgstr "" +msgid"Sign in to your domain’s account at your domain host." +msgstr"在你的域名主机中登入你域名的帐户。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." -msgstr "" +msgid"Locate the page for updating your domain’s DNS records." +msgstr"找到域名DNS记录的更新页面。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:123 msgid "" "If no TXT record is set, create one with following definition: v=spf1 " "include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如果未设置TXT格式的记录，用以下定义创建一个记录：v=spf1 " +"include:_spf.odoo.com ~all " #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:125 -msgid "In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" +msgid"In case a TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\"." +msgstr"如已经设置了TXT记录，添加\"include:_spf.odoo.com\"" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:127 msgid "e.g. for a Gmail server it should be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr"例如，Gmail服务器可以这样设置：" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:129 msgid "v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" -msgstr "" +msgstr" v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all " #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:131 msgid "" "Find `here `__ the exact procedure to " "create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." -msgstr "" +msgstr"找到，在你自己的域寄存器中以准确步骤创建或修改TXT记录。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:134 msgid "" "Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " "usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" +msgstr"新的SPF记录48小时后生效，但通常用不了那么长时间。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:137 msgid "" "Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " "delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " "record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr"为一个域添加多个SPF记录可能导致邮件被分类为垃圾。我们建议仅修改一个SPF记录以授权给Odoo。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:142 msgid "How to choose between Odoo and my traditional email box" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何在Odoo和传统的电子邮箱之间做出选择" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgid "" "both systems without mingling them: What is related to Odoo business objects" " or applications goes into Odoo; What is not can be managed into your " "external email box." -msgstr "" +msgstr"Odoo讨论是一种发送与读取业务相关信息的完美工具，但它不会替代功能完善的电邮解决方案（如Gmail, Outlook, Yahoo, AOL等）。我们建议采用两种方案的优势部分，而不是混用：与Odoo业务目标或应用相关的信息进入Odoo，无法管理的信息进入外部邮箱。" #: ../../discuss/email_servers.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -255,33 +255,33 @@ msgid "" " opportunities, helpdesk tickets, etc.). If you take an email alias already " "used for messaging outside of Odoo, incoming messages will land into both " "systems. This will negatively impact your productivity." -msgstr "" +msgstr"为此需要创建特定的电邮别名在Odoo中使用（以生成话题、机会或helpdesk工作票等）。如你已经采用了Odoo以外的邮箱别名，接收的邮件将同时进入两个系统。这会影响到工作效率。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:3 msgid "How to follow Twitter feed from Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何从Odoo跟踪Twitter推送" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:8 msgid "" "You can follow specific hashtags on Twitter and see the tweets within the " "Odoo Discuss channels of your choice. The tweets are retrieved periodically " "from Twitter. An authenticated user can retweet the messages." -msgstr "" +msgstr"你可以在Twitter上关注特定的主题标签（#），查看你选择的Odoo讨论频道。可以定期从Twitter上接收推文。认证用户可以转发这些内容。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:13 msgid "Setting up the App on Twitter's side" -msgstr "" +msgstr"在Twitter侧设置App" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:15 msgid "" "Twitter uses an \"App\" on its side which is opens a gate to which Odoo asks" " for tweets, and through which a user can retweet. To set up this app, go to" " http://apps.twitter.com/app/new and put in the values:" -msgstr "" +msgstr"Twitter的\"App\"向Odoo打开网关，推送内容，并允许用户转发推文。要设置APP，请访问http://apps.twitter.com/app/new并输入以下值：" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:19 -msgid "Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" -msgstr "" +msgid"Name: this is the name of the application on Twitter" +msgstr"Name：Twitter上应用的名称" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -289,40 +289,40 @@ msgid "" "added. For example, if your Odoo instance is hosted at " "\"http://www.example.com\", you should put \"http://www.example.com/web\" in" " this field." -msgstr "" +msgstr"Website：Odoo数据库的外部URL地址，添加了\"/web\"字段。例如，如你的Odoo实例主机位于\"http://www.example.com\，那么可以在此字段中输入"http://www.example.com/web\" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:25 msgid "" "Callback URL: this is the address on which Twitter will respond. Following " "the previous example you should write " "\"http://www.example.com/web/twitter/callback\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr"回访URL：这是Twitter要响应的地址。关注之前你应该写过的示例。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:28 msgid "" "Do not forget to accept the terms **Developer agreement** of use and click " "on **Create your Twitter application** at the bottom of the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr"别忘记了接受**开发者协议**条款，然后点击页面底部的**创建你的Twitter应用程序**按钮。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:33 msgid "Getting the API key and secret" -msgstr "" +msgstr"正在获取API密钥和机密" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:35 msgid "" "When on the App dashboard, switch to the **Keys and Access Tokens** tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在App仪表板界面切换到**密钥与访问令牌**页签下。" #: ../../discuss/mail_twitter.rst:40 msgid "" -"And copy those values in Odoo in :menuselection:`Settings--> General " +"And copy those values in Odooin :menuselection:`Settings--> General " "Settings--> Twitter discuss integration` and click on **Save** to save the " "settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr"复制Odoo的这些值：menuselection:设置->通用设置->Twitter讨论集成，然后点击**保存**保存设置。" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:3 -msgid "How to grab attention of other users in my messages" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to grab attention of other users in my messages" +msgstr"如何在我的邮件中吸引用户的注意力" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -341,15 +341,15 @@ msgstr "" "**#渠道名** 将在聊天或另外渠道提供一个链接到提及的渠道。" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:15 -msgid "Direct messaging a user" -msgstr "" +msgid"Direct messaging a user" +msgstr"直接向用户发送消息" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:17 msgid "" "**Direct messages** are private messages viewable only by the sender and " "recipient. You can send direct messages to other users from within the " "Discuss module by creating a new conversation or selecting an existing one " -"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoo using " +"from the sidebar. Direct messages can be sent from anywhere in Odoousing " "the speech bubble icon in the top bar. The online status of other users is " "displayed to the left of their name. A **green dot** indicates that a user " "is Online, an **orange dot** that they are Idle, and a **grey dot** that " @@ -360,8 +360,8 @@ msgstr "" "*表明用户是在线的，一个**橙色的点**，他们是空闲的，和一个**灰色的点**，他们是离线。" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:28 -msgid "Desktop notifications from Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgid"Desktop notifications from Discuss" +msgstr"来自讨论模块的桌面通知" #: ../../discuss/mentions.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -375,18 +375,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:3 msgid "How to be responsive at work thanks to my Odoo inbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何用Odoo收件箱提高我的工作响应效率" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:5 msgid "" "Use the **Inbox** in Discuss app to monitor updates and progress on " "everything you do in Odoo. Notifications and messages from everything you " "follow or in which you are mentioned appear in your inbox." -msgstr "" +msgstr"使用Discuss模块上的**收件箱**监控你在Odoo上的一切更新与进程。你关注的所有内容有更新或你被提及时，都会在收件箱收到通知消息。" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:13 -msgid "You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." -msgstr "" +msgid"You can keep an eye on your **Inbox** from any screen." +msgstr"你可以从任何屏幕上快速查看**收件箱**。" #: ../../discuss/monitoring.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -394,18 +394,18 @@ msgid "" "from your inbox. If you would like to save an item for future reference or " "action, mark it with a star to add it to the **Starred** box. You can star " "any message or notification in Discuss or any of the item-specific chatters " -"throughout Odoo to keep tabs on it here." -msgstr "" +"throughoutOdoo to keep tabs on it here." +msgstr"勾选一个项目并标记为**已读**，然后从收件箱中删除。如想保存这一项目供今后参考，或将其作为星标邮件或移动到**星标**收件箱，可以将Discuss或特定项目的发言者的任何消息标注星号，并在整个Odoo中保持这一标签。" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:3 msgid "Why to use Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr"为什么要用Odoo Discuss" #: ../../discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo Discuss is an easy to use messaging app for teams that brings all your " "organization's communication into one place and seamlessly integrates with " -"the Odoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " +"theOdoo platform. Discuss lets you send and receive messages from wherever " "you are in Odoo as well as manage your messages and notifications easily " "from within the app. Discuss allows you to create **channels** for team " "chats, conversations about projects, meeting coordination, and more in one " @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:3 msgid "How to efficiently communicate in team using channels" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何通过频道与团队进行有效沟通" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -428,8 +428,8 @@ msgstr "" "能用 **渠道** 来组织与各个团队、部门、项目, 或者其他需要沟通的群组之间的讨论。通过对话, 每个人都可以看到, 很容易让整个团队在循环中的最新发展" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:12 -msgid "Creating a channel" -msgstr "" +msgid"Creating a channel" +msgstr"创建一个频道" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -458,8 +458,8 @@ msgstr "" "私人渠道则应该应用于那些应该局限于特定用户或员工的信息如特定的或者机密的信息的时候被利用。" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:31 -msgid "Configuring a channel" -msgstr "" +msgid"Configuring a channel" +msgstr"正在配置频道" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:47 msgid "How to set up a mailing list" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何设置邮件列表" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -487,13 +487,11 @@ msgid "" "notifications using the defined email address. An envelope icon will appear " "next to the channel name in the list to indicate that a channel will send " "messages by email." -msgstr "" -"一个渠道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#channel-name --> " -"Settings`，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的渠道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" +msgstr"一个频道可看作是邮件清单。从:menuselection:`#频道-名称-->设置，定义要使用的电子邮件。用户将使用所定义的电子邮件地址收发通知。一个信封图标将出现在列表中的频道名称旁边，表示可用电子邮件发送消息。" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:57 msgid "Locating a channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr"正在定位频道" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -517,7 +515,7 @@ msgstr "用户最好在创建新频道前先搜索列表，以确保不会重复 #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:76 msgid "Using filters to navigate within Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr"使用过滤器在Discuss内部导航" #: ../../discuss/team_communication.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -532,32 +530,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:3 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread and define what I want to hear about" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何关注一个讨论话题，以及如何定义你希望收到的消息" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:6 msgid "How to follow a discussion thread" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何关注一个讨论话题" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:7 msgid "" "You can keep track of virtually any business object in Odoo (an opportunity," " a quotation, a task, etc.), by **following** it." -msgstr "" +msgstr"在Odoo中几乎可以**关注**任何业务目标（如一个机遇、报价或任务等）" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:14 msgid "How to choose the events to follow" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何选择要关注的事件" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:15 msgid "" "You can choose which types of events you want to be notified about. The " "example below shows the options available when following a **task** in the " "**Project** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr"你可以选择收到何种类型的事件通知。下例显示了**Project**App的**任务**选项中有哪些选项是可用的。" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:23 msgid "How to add other followers" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何添加其他粉丝" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -568,7 +566,7 @@ msgstr "您可邀请其他用户，并添加渠道作为追随者。添加渠道 #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:34 msgid "How to be a default follower" -msgstr "" +msgstr"如何成为默认的粉丝" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -576,11 +574,11 @@ msgid "" "some applications like CRM and Project, you can be a default follower of any" " new record created to get notified of specific events (e.g. a new task " "created, an opportunity won)." -msgstr "" +msgstr"你已自动成为你所创建的所有项目的默认粉丝。在CRM和Project等应用中，可以成为任何新创建记录的默认粉丝并收到特别事件的通知（如创建新任务、赢得机会等）" #: ../../discuss/tracking.rst:40 msgid "" "To do so, start following the parent business object (e.g. the sales channel" " in CRM, the project in Project). Then, choose the events you want to hear " "about." -msgstr "" +msgstr"为此，需要开始关注上级业务目标（如CRM中的销售频道、Project中的项目），然后选择需要关注的事件。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po index 241f2c569..70f37ffdb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/ecommerce.po @@ -28,43 +28,43 @@ msgstr "启动" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何定制我的目录页" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品目录" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 msgid "" "All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有印刷的项目都会显示在你的目录（或*店铺*）页面中" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 msgid "" "Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " "website categories, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "多数选项都可以在*自定义*菜单中找到，如显示属性、网址目录等" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "高亮一个产品" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 msgid "" "Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " "them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" " page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加强星标/推广产品的可见性：将其置于顶部，放大，加一条可编辑的条幅（促销、新品等）。打开店铺页面，切换到编辑模式，点击任一项目自定义网格。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 msgid "" "See how to do it: " "https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何操作：" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "快速添加到购物车" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -73,31 +73,31 @@ msgid "" "and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " "Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " "better)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你的顾客一次购买大量产品，可以启用目录页的购买，加速购买流程。为此，需要添加产品描述和购物车按钮。打开*自定义*菜单的以下选项：产品描述、添加到购物车、查看列表（为了更好地显示产品描述）。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何建立一个产品页面" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在该网站点击右上角的*新页面*。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再点击*新产品*并按照闪烁的提示操作。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下为产品页面的要素：" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "" +msgid"Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." +msgstr "可通过*自定义*菜单查看到这些要素。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看如何配置以下链接中的产品。" #: ../../ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" @@ -129,71 +129,71 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理我的产品" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to display several images per product" +msgstr "如何显示每个产品的多张图片" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 msgid "" "By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " "only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " "the image into a carrousel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品页默认只显示产品的主要图片。如需展示产品多角度的图片，可以将图片设为旋转模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 msgid "" "Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在menuselection中选择网站管理->配置->设置，勾选*每个产品多张图片*。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 msgid "" "Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" " in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开产品详细表格，从*图片*页签下上传图片。在编辑模式中点击*创建*，打开上传指引。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" +msgid"Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." +msgstr "这种额外的图片对于所有产品变量（如有）而言是很普遍的。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:3 msgid "How to show product availability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何显示产品的库存。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:5 msgid "" "The availability of your products can be shown on the website to reassure " "your customers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品库存可以在网站上显示，从而让你的顾客心中有数。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:10 msgid "" "To display this, open the *Sales* tab in the product detail form and select " "an option in *Availability*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为显示库存，打开产品详情表中的*销售*页签，在*库存*中选择一个选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:16 msgid "" "A custom warning message can be anything related to a stock out, delivery " "delay, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客警示信息可能与库存紧张、送货延迟等有关。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:22 msgid "This tool does not require the Inventory app to be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这一工具没有要求安装存货清单App。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/stock.rst:25 msgid "" "If one item is no longer sellable, unpublish it from your website. If it " "comes to one particular product variant, deactivate the variant in the " "backend (see :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果一个产品下架了，可以从你的网站中抹除。如果产品来自一个特定的产品变量，可以在后端禁用这个变量（参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`）" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to manage product variants" +msgstr "如何管理产品变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -202,154 +202,154 @@ msgid "" "and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " "chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " "available options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品变量用于向产品页面上的顾客提供同一产品的类似产品，例如，顾客选择了一款T恤及尺码、颜色，下面顾客又从可用选项中选择一款手机、相应的内存卡、颜色和Wi-Fi带宽。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建属性与变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 msgid "" "Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " "size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 menuselection 中选择销售->设置，启用*产品可以有多个属性，定义这些变量（如尺码、颜色等）*。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品列表中选择一款产品，再选择*变量*页签" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 msgid "" "Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " "drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " "are 2 values for 1 attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加三种类型的多个属性：单选按钮、下拉菜单或颜色按钮。因为每种属性有多个变量，故你得到多个变量。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何编辑变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "" +msgid"See all the variants from the product template detail form." +msgstr "从产品模板详情表中查看多个变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以编辑以下数据：" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "图片（在网站中实时更新），" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "" +msgstr "条形码" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "" +msgid"Internal Reference (SKU #)," +msgstr "内部货号（SKU#）," #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 msgid "Volume," -msgstr "" +msgstr "数量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "" +msgid"Weight," +msgstr "重量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "活跃（是否在网站中、是否可以报价）" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 msgid "" "Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " "to populate them once the variants generated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "条形码和内部货号都是特定的变量。一旦生成了变量，即需要确定它们。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 msgid "" "See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " "Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " "variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从 menuselection 中选择销售->促销->产品变量，然后编辑所有的变量。如果你管理着多个变量，可能需要加快一点进度。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何为每个变量设置特定的价格" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " "Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你还可以点击产品详情表（左上角）的*变量价格*，为每一种变量设置特定的公开价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 msgid "" "The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " "attribute value is selected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每当选择了对应的属性值，都可以为产品价格添加额外价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 msgid "" "Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " "product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过价格表公式为各种价格变量设置高级价格计算方法。参见：doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to disable/archive variants" +msgstr "如何禁用或归档变量" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 msgid "" "You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " "available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " "etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以禁用或归档特定的变量，使它们不再出现在报价及网站中（从库存中丢弃），只需取消详情表中*归档*的勾号。" #: ../../ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 msgid "" "To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " "list. You can reactivate them the same way." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需找回此类归档的项目，在搜索变量列表中点击*已归档*。可以用同样的方式再次激活这些项目。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使收入最大化" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" +msgstr "如何销售附件和可选产品（交叉销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 msgid "" "You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " "screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " "functionalities:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你销售电脑，为什么不鼓动顾客再买一个高级的显示器或延长的质保期呢？这就是交叉销售功能块的目标。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "" +msgid"Accessory products on checkout page," +msgstr "结账页的产品附件，" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 msgid "" "Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "额外的产品在新的*添加到购物车*屏幕（默认没有安装）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "" +msgid"Accessory products when checking out" +msgstr "结账时显示产品附件" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 msgid "" "Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " "reviews the cart before paying." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客为购物车付款时，出现附件（如电脑的鼠标键盘）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." -msgstr "" +msgid"Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +msgstr "在产品详情页的*销售*页签下选择附件。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -357,85 +357,85 @@ msgid "" "several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " "products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " "suggested accessories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当多个产品被添加到购物车时，这是一种预测附件产品的最佳算法。如果某一附件对应多个加入购物车的产品，那么它很可能会出现在推荐附件的最顶端。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加到购物车时的可选产品" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 msgid "" "Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " "computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " "product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可选产品直接与加入购物车的产品相关（如对于电脑而言，质保期、操作系统软件、备件等）。如果主产品被放入购物车，则弹出新的窗口，提示下一个步骤。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "" +msgid"To publish optional products:" +msgstr "发布可选产品：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 msgid "" "Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " "default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " "up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在*App*菜单中安装*eCommerce可选产品*插件，移除默认过滤器并在插件上搜索，否则只会显示主要的App。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品描述页的*促销*页签下选择可选项。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 msgid "" "The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "加入购物车的可选项的数量与主要产品的数量是一致的。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to adapt the prices to my website visitors" +msgstr "如何为我的访问者调整定价" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 msgid "This section sheds some light on pricing features of eCommerce app:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本节进一步介绍eCommence这一应用的定价功能：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据地区强制定价，" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "" +msgstr "让顾客选择币种。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 msgid "" "As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing produt pricing: " ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，需要勾选产品定价的管理方式：:doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 msgid "Geo-IP to automatically apply the right price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Geo-IP定位程序可自动应用合适的价格" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 msgid "" "Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, your visitors not yet " "logged in will get their own currency when landing on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "向你的价格表分配国家组。这样尚未登录的用户可以在登录网站后看到他们适用的币种。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "" +msgid"Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." +msgstr "登录后，可以看到与其本国货币对应的价格表。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "币种选择器" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "In case you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers choose " "their own currency. Check *Selectable* to add the pricelist to the website " "drop-down menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你在多个国家销售产品，请让顾客选择其自己的币种。勾选*可选*，将价格表添加到下拉菜单的网站中。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:34 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " "campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "想提升你的圣诞节销售额吗？可在促销中分享你的优惠码，运用各种折扣。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 @@ -468,161 +468,161 @@ msgstr "设置" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" " on formula* for *Sale Price*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：menuselection:促销->设置，在*销售价格*公式中选择*高级定价策略*。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" " new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " "code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入：menuselection:网站管理->目录->价格表，创建一个带折扣规则的新价格表（参见doc:`pricing`）"，然后输入一个代码。 #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 msgid "" "Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " "*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保*购物车*页面的优惠码一栏可用（在*自定义*菜单选项中）。添加一个产品到购物车。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 msgid "" "Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " "prices get automatically updated in the cart." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开后，看到右侧出现一个新的小节。点击*应用*价格，在购物车中自动更新价格。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 msgid "" "The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " "analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客使用的优惠码存放于系统之中，因此你可以评估你的营销战略的表现。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个价格表都显示促销…" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to enable comments & rating" +msgstr "如何启用点评" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 msgid "" "Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " "of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " "your customer to share their feedback!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "公布并监测顾客的购买心得将有助于你赢得新客户，并且更好地与社区互动。双击后，可允许你的顾客反馈购买体验！" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 msgid "" "Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从产品web页面的*自定义*菜单中激活顾客反馈。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 msgid "" "Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " "so (see Portal documentation)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用户必须登录方可发表评论。请确保他们能行使这一功能（参见门户文档）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "" +msgid"Review the posts in real time" +msgstr "实时查看发贴" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 msgid "" "Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " "followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客发贴后，产品经理及产品的全体关注者均可在收件箱收到通知（*讨论*菜单）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 msgid "" "By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " "follower." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建产品的用户自动默认为该产品的关注者。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 msgid "" "Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " "the product discussion thread)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击产品名称，打开详情页并查看评论（在产品讨论主题中）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "调解及删贴" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 msgid "" "You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " "form or on the web page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以通过聊天或在web页面的产品详情页轻松地进行调解。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 msgid "" "To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " "button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要删除某个评论，请打开产品web页面，点击*已发表*按钮，使其变为红色（*删帖*）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "..tip::" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 msgid "" "You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" " smart button (and vice versa)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击*已发布*智能按钮可以从详情页访问web页面（反之亦然）。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 msgid "How to sell pricier product alternatives (upselling)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何高价销售产品的替代物（追加销售）" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" "In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " "is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" " time browsing your catalog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使收入最大化，强烈推荐销售基本款的高价替代品。为此，顾客会花更多时间浏览你的产品目录。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为此，你需要：" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" "Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " "form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " "customers will be confused." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从3个选项中选取*替代品*（位于产品详情的*促销*页签下）就好了，不要发布过多的替代品，否则你的顾客会感到无所适从的。" #: ../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 msgid "" "Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " "page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品Web页面的*自定义*菜单中打开*替代品*。" #: ../../ecommerce/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" +msgid"Overview" msgstr "概述" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo eCommerce介绍" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:10 msgid "" "The documentation will help you go live with your eCommerce website in no " "time. The topics follow the buying process:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文指导您快速使用eCommerce网站。购买之后是以下步骤：" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:13 -msgid "Product Page" -msgstr "" +msgid"Product Page" +msgstr "产品页" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:14 msgid "Shop Page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "店铺页" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:15 msgid "Pricing" @@ -634,11 +634,11 @@ msgstr "税金" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:17 msgid "Checkout process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收银流程" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:18 -msgid "Upselling & cross-selling" -msgstr "" +msgid"Upselling & cross-selling" +msgstr "增销及交叉销售" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:19 msgid "Payment" @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ msgstr "付款" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:20 msgid "Shipping & Tracking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "送货及跟踪" #: ../../ecommerce/overview/introduction.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/domain_name`" @@ -654,29 +654,29 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../ecommerce/publish.rst:3 msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开我的网站" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to get paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "如何让购买者付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo embeds several payment methods to get paid on eCommerce, Sales and " "Invoicing apps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo嵌入了多个付款方法以支持eCommerce、促销和发票App上的支付行为。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:10 msgid "What are the payment methods available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "哪一种付款方式可用呢？" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:13 msgid "Wire transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电汇" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -684,30 +684,30 @@ msgid "" "your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their own via their" " bank. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-" "wise. Opt for online acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "电汇是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:21 msgid "Payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收款方" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:23 msgid "" "Redirect your customers to payment platforms to collect money effortless and" " track the payment status (call-back). Odoo supports more and more platforms" " over time:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将顾客引导到你的支付平台上，轻松收款和跟踪付款状态（回调）。Odoo过一段时间将会支持更多的支付平台。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:27 msgid "`Paypal `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Paypal `__" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:28 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "" +msgid"Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:29 msgid "Authorize.net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authorize.net " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:30 msgid "Adyen" @@ -718,8 +718,8 @@ msgid "Buckaroo" msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:32 -msgid "PayUmoney" -msgstr "" +msgid"PayUmoney" +msgstr "PayUmoney" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:33 msgid "Sips" @@ -731,85 +731,85 @@ msgstr "条带" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:38 msgid "How to go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何激活" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:40 msgid "" "Once the payment method ready, make it visible in the payment interface and " "activate the **Production** mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "付款方法就绪后，使付款界面清晰可见，然后激活**生产**模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:48 msgid "How to let customers save and reuse credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何让顾客保存并再次使用信用卡" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:49 msgid "" "To ease the payment of returning customers, you can let them save and reuse " "a credit card if they want to. If so, a payment token will be saved in Odoo." " This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为便于老顾客付款，你可以让其保存并再次使用信用卡。为此，支付令牌会保存在Odoo中。这一选项需调用Ingenico和Authorize.net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:54 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:68 msgid "You can turn this on from the acquirer configuration form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以从收款方配置表中打开这一功能。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:61 msgid "How to debit credit cards to pay subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将信用卡刷卡记入借方" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:62 msgid "" "`Odoo Subscription `__ allows to " "bill services automatically on a recurring basis. Along with it, you can " "have an automatic debit of the customer's credit card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo订阅允许多次发生的服务计费。因此，你可以自动将顾客的信用卡消费记入借方。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:66 msgid "This option is available with Ingenico and Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这一选项需启用Ingenico 和Authorize.net。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:73 msgid "" "That way a payment token will be recorded when the customer goes for the " "subscription and an automatic debit will occur whenever an invoice is issued" " from the subscription." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当顾客订阅服务后，记录一个付款令牌。一旦订阅开出发票，即自动记入借方。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:79 -msgid "How to use other acquirers (advanced)" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to use other acquirers (advanced)" +msgstr "如何使用其他收款方式（高级）" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:81 msgid "" "Odoo can submit single payment requests and redirect to any payment " "acquirer. But there is no call-back, i.e. Odoo doesn't track the transaction" " status. So you will confirm orders manually once you get paid." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能提交单笔付款请求并转到任何收款方。但没有回调，也就是说Odoo不会跟踪交易的状态。因此你收款后需要手动确认订单。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:85 msgid "How to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:87 -msgid "Switch to developer mode." -msgstr "" +msgid"Switch to developer mode." +msgstr "切换到开发者模式" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:89 msgid "Take the **Custom** payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "采用**自定义**付款方法" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:91 msgid "" "Set up the payment form (S2S Form Template) as instructed by your payment " "acquirer. You can start from *default_acquirer_button* that you can " "duplicate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据收款方的指引设置付款表格（S2S表格模板）。可以从你能复制的*default_acquirer_button *按钮开始设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:96 -msgid "Other configurations" -msgstr "" +msgid"Other configurations" +msgstr "其他配置" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -817,14 +817,14 @@ msgid "" "plans (e.g. `Paypal Installment Plans " "`__)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo还可用于更多的高级付款过程，如分期付款（例如Paypal 分期付款Paypal Installment Plans `__" -msgstr "" +"such matter. `Contact us.`__" +msgstr "我们的技术专家可以按照您自身的要求实现这种自定义服务。可到以下网址联系业务顾问：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" @@ -832,85 +832,85 @@ msgstr ":doc:`paypal` " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment.rst:111 #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_acquirer`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to manage orders paid with payment acquirers" +msgstr "如何管理付款的订单" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo confirms orders automatically as soon as the payment is authorized by a" " payment acquirer. This triggers the delivery. If you invoice based on " "ordered quantities, you are also requested to invoice the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "收款方授权后，Odoo可立即自动确认订单，触发送货流程。如果发票是基于订购数开具的，则系统还会请求你为此项订购开具发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "What are the payment status" -msgstr "" +msgid"What are the payment status" +msgstr "什么是付款状态" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:13 msgid "" "At anytime, the salesman can check the transaction status from the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何时候销售员均可检查订单的交易状态。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:18 msgid "*Draft*: transaction under processing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Draft*:正在处理的交易。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:20 msgid "" "*Pending*: the payment acquirer keeps the transaction on hold and you need " "to authorize it from the acquirer interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Pending*:暂时冻结交易，你需要从收款方界面授权。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:23 msgid "" "*Authorized*: the payment has been authorized but not yet captured. In Odoo," " the order is already confirmed. Once the delivery done, you can capture the" " amount from the acquirer interface (or from Odoo if you use Authorize.net)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Authorized*状态表示付款已获授权但尚未被抓取。在Odoo中，订单已经被确认了。送货完成后，即可从收款界面（如你使用Authorize.net，可从Odoo）获取数量。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:28 msgid "" "*Done*: the payment is authorized and captured. The order has been " "confirmed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Done*:付款已授权并获取。订单确认完毕。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:30 msgid "" "*Error*: an error has occured during the transaction. The customer needs to " "retry the payment. The order is still in draft." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Error*:交易出错。顾客尝试重新付款。订单未完成。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:34 msgid "" "*Cancelled*: when the customer cancels the payment in the payment acquirer " "form. They are taken back to Odoo in order to modify the order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Cancelled*:顾客在收款页面取消了付款，返回Odoo以修改订单。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:37 msgid "" "Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status, " "when they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit such " "messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "交易完毕后，顾客被引导到Odoo，获得每个付款状况的消息。如需编辑这些消息，请进入付款方法的*消息*页签下。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:44 -msgid "Auto-validate invoices at order" -msgstr "" +msgid"Auto-validate invoices at order" +msgstr "在订单中自动验证发票" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 msgid "" "When the order is confirmed you can also have an invoice automatically " "issued and paid. This fully-automated made for businesses that invoice " "orders straight on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "订单确认后，可以自动开发票。这一全自动的功能专为业务而订制，能直接为订单开具发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -923,210 +923,210 @@ msgid "" "until you get paid into your bank account (see `How to register credit card " "payments " "<../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.html>`__)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果选择了这种模式，系统会要求你选择一个付款日记账户以便记录你账簿上的付款。此付款与发票系统连接，支付之后立即进行标记。银行账户收到付款后请选择**银行账户**，如未做选择，可以为收款方创建一个特定的日记账（类别=银行）。这样你就可以跟踪中间账户的在线支付情况，直至银行账户收到款项（参见“如何注册信用卡支付”）。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:64 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "" +msgid"Capture the payment after the delivery" +msgstr "送货后获得付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:65 msgid "" "With this mode, the order is confirmed but the amount is kept on hold. Once " "the delivery processed, you can capture the payment from Odoo. This mode is " "only available with Authorize.net." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在这种模式下，订单已经确认，但没有显示金额。送货后，可以从Odoo获取付款。仅在Authorize.net环境下支持这种模式。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:72 msgid "" "To capture the payment, open the transaction from the order. Then click " "*Capture Transaction*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了获取付款，请从订单中打开交易，然后点击*获取交易*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:78 msgid "" "With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " "interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于其他收款方，你可以在其自己的界面（非Odoo）中管理获取。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with Paypal" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to get paid with Paypal" +msgstr "如何用Paypal收款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" "Paypal is the easiest online payment method to configure. It is also the " "only one without any subscription fee. We definitely advise it to any " "starter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal是最容易配置、并且唯一没有订阅费的网上支付方式。我们强烈建议初学者使用Paypal。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:11 msgid "Set up your Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置你的Paypal账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:13 msgid "" "Create a `Paypal Business Account `__ or upgrade " "your account to *Business account* if you have a basic account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个Paypal业务账户，或将你的基本账户升级为*业务账户*。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:16 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal `__ and open the settings of your " "**Profile**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "登录到`Paypal `，打开**档案**的设置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:22 -msgid "Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." -msgstr "" +msgid"Now enter the menu **My selling tools**." +msgstr "进入菜单中**我的销售工具**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:27 -msgid "Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." -msgstr "" +msgid"Let's start with the **Website Preferences**." +msgstr "先设置**网站偏好**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:29 msgid "" "Turn on **Auto Return** and enter the **Return URL**: " "/shop/confirmation. Verify that this address uses the " "correct protocol (HTTP/HTTPS)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开**自动返回**，输入**返回URL**/shop/confirmation。用正确的协议(HTTP/HTTPS)验证这一地址。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:36 msgid "" "Turn on **Payment Data Transfer**. When saving, an **Identity Token** is " "generated. You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开**付款数据转移**。保存时，会生成一个**身份识别令牌**。稍后会要求你在Odoo中输入。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:43 msgid "" "Then, get back to your profile to activate the **Instant Payment " "Notification (IPN)** in *My selling tools*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后返回你的档案中，在**我的销售工具**中激活**付款后立即通知(IPN)**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:46 msgid "Enter the **Notification URL**: /payment/paypal/ipn" -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入**通知URL**：/payment/paypal/ipn" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:51 msgid "" "Now you must change the encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo " "to Paypal. To do so, get back to *My selling tools* and click **PayPal " "button language encoding** in *More Selling Tools* section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在你必须更改Odoo至Paypal的支付请求的编码格式了。为此，请返回*我的销售工具*并在*更多销售工具*节中点击*PayPal*按钮进行语言编码。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:58 msgid "" "Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " "**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后点击*更多选项*，将两个默认的编码格式设为**UTF-8**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:66 msgid "" "If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, " "**Paypal Account Optional** needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望顾客在没有创建Paypal账户的情况下付款，需要打开**Paypal账户可选**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:74 -msgid "Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgid"Set up Paypal's payment method in Odoo" +msgstr "在Odoo中设置Paypal付款方式" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:75 msgid "" "Open Paypal setup form in :menuselection:`Website or Sales or Accounting -->" " Settings --> Payment Acquirers+`. Enter both your **Email ID** and your " "**Merchant ID** and check **Use IPN**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在 menuselection 中选择：网站或销售或会计->设置->收款方，打开Paypal设置，输入**电邮ID**及**商户ID**，再勾选**使用IPN**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:82 msgid "" "They are both provided in your Paypal profile, under :menuselection:`My " "business info`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的Paypal账户同时具备两个参数，见menuselection:`My business info`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:85 msgid "" "Enter your **Identity Token** in Odoo (from *Auto Return* option). To do so," " open the *Settings* and activate the **Developer Mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo（来自*自动返回*选项）中输入**身份令牌**，为此需在*设置*中激活**开发者模式**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:91 msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System" " Parameters` and create a parameter with following values:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后在 menuselection 中选择设置->技术->参数->系统参数，用以下值创建一个参数：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:94 -msgid "Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" -msgstr "" +msgid"Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token" +msgstr " Key: payment_paypal.pdt_token " #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:95 msgid "Value: your Paypal *Identity Token*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Value: 你的Paypal *身份识别令牌*" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:102 msgid "Go live" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:103 msgid "" "Your configuration is now ready! You can make Paypal visible on your " "merchant interface and activate the **Production mode**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的配置现已就绪！可以在商户界面显示Paypal，然后激活**生产模式**。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "" +msgid"Transaction fees" +msgstr "手续费" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:114 msgid "" "You can charge an extra to the customer to cover the transaction fees Paypal" " charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, your customer sees an extra applied" " to the order amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以向顾客额外收费以冲抵Paypal向你收取的手续费。转到Paypal后，你的顾客将看到订单要额外收取费用。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:117 msgid "" "To activate this, go to the *Configuration* tab of Paypal config form in " "Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*. Default fees for US can be seen here below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了激活此功能，需到Odoo Paypal配置表的*配置*页签下选择*添加额外收费*。以下是美国的默认收费。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:123 msgid "" "To apply the right fees for your country, please refer to `Paypal Fees " "`__." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你所在国家的手续费参见：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:128 msgid "Test the payment flow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "测试付款流程" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:130 msgid "" "You can test the entire payment flow thanks to Paypal Sandbox accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可通过Paypal沙盒账户测试整个付款流程。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:132 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Developer Site `__ with your" " Paypal credentials. This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用你的Paypal证书登录Paypal开发者网站，创建两个沙盒账户：" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:136 msgid "" "A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " "pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "业务账户（作为商户，例如pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com)" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:137 msgid "" "A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " "pp.merch01-buyer@example.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认的个人账户（作为购物者，如pp.merch01-buyer@example.com）" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:139 msgid "" "Log in to `Paypal Sandbox `__ with the " "merchant account and follow the same configuration instructions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用商户账号登录Paypal沙盒，然后按以下提示配置。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -1135,19 +1135,19 @@ msgid "" "*Authorize & capture the amount, confirm the SO and auto-validate the " "invoice on acquirer confirmation*. Otherwise a confirmed invoice will be " "automatically generated when the transaction is completed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中输入你的沙盒证书，确保Paypal仍然设置在*测试*模式。同时确保Paypal的确认模式不是*授权并获取数量，确认SO和自动验证收款方确认发票*，否则交易完成后，将会自动生成确认的发票。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:150 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" +msgid"Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "用沙盒个人账号从Odoo中运行一笔测试交易。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/paypal.rst:154 msgid ":doc:`payment`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment`" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 msgid "How customers can access their customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客如何访问其顾客账户" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ msgid "" " suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " "not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " "process before buying something." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您的客户从未如此轻松地访问他们顾客的账户。忘掉那些数不清的注册表格吧，有了Odoo，注册步骤就像123一样轻松简单。以前会要求在订单生成后注册用户名、电邮和密码，但现在不同了。的确，买点东西还要填写一堆注册信息太麻烦了。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 msgid "Sign up" @@ -1166,33 +1166,33 @@ msgstr "注册" msgid "" "The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " "order from order confirmation email." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当顾客想要查看视觉化的配置邮件时，系统显示登录提醒。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客账号" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 msgid "" "Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" " in the login dropdown menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客登录后，可在下拉菜单中点击*我的账户*进行访问。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 msgid "" "THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " "modified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客可以查看所有的历史记录。也可以修改主账单地址。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 msgid "" "If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " "will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你将顾客设置为地址簿中的公司联系人，对方能看到属于该公司的所有文件。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何电汇付款" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1200,44 +1200,44 @@ msgid "" "providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " "own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " "Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**电汇**是默认的可用付款方式，用于向顾客提供你的银行信息，以便让他们通过银行付款。这种方式简单易懂但效率缓慢，还是尽快采用网上支付方式吧！" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:13 msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何向顾客提供付款指引" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:14 msgid "" "Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " "method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将付款指引置于付款方式的**感谢消息**中。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:19 msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客下单后即显示。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to manage an order once you get paid" +msgstr "收款后如何进行订单管理" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:28 msgid "" "Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " "intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " "paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客电汇后，订单停留在中间状态**报价已发送**（即未付款的订单）。付款后，需要你手动确认订单，启动送货流程。" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to create other manual payment methods" +msgstr "如何创建其他的手动付款方法" #: ../../ecommerce/shopper_experience/wire_transfer.rst:37 msgid "" "If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " "payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " "or duplicate it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你管理一个B2B业务，可以创建其他需要人工处理的付款方式，如支票付款。只需要重新命名*电汇*或复制之。" #: ../../ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "" +msgid"Collect taxes" +msgstr "收税" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index ac8f8876b..521debd48 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-09 14:24+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: Ryan Zhang , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN , 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,68 +28,68 @@ msgstr "身份验证" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" -msgstr "如何允许用户通过他们的Google账号登录" +msgstr "如何允许用户用Google账号登录" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" "Connect to your Google account and go to " "`https://console.developers.google.com/ " "`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接到你的Google账户并点击" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:7 msgid "" "Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**创建项目**并输入项目名称和其他信息" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:15 msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "点击使用 Google APIs" +msgstr "点击*使用Google API*" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:20 msgid "" "On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " "Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在左侧菜单中选择子菜单**证书**（见**API管理器**），然后选择*OAuth同意窗口*。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:25 msgid "" "Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" " save." -msgstr "" +msgstr "找到你的地址、电邮和产品名（如odoo）并保存。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:30 msgid "" "Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " "Client ID)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "再点击**添加证书**，然后选择第二个选项（OAuth 2.0 客户端ID）。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:38 msgid "" "Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" " the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "勾选在**Web应用**中设定的应用类型，然后配置要转入哪些页面。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:40 msgid "" "To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" " the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " "Then click on **Create**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "先要填写**授权的转向URL地址**。复制并粘贴以下链接http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin到方框中,然后点击**创建**。" #: ../../general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "" "Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " "You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成后会收到两条信息（你的客户端ID和客户端密码）。将前者插入**通用设置**中。" #: ../../general/base_import.rst:3 msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据导入" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何采用导入模板" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -97,66 +97,66 @@ msgid "" "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入工具中提供导入模板，适用于大多数数据（联系人、产品、银行对账单等）导入。可以用任何电子表格软件（如Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive等）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何自定义文件" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除你不需要的行。建议不要删除*ID*1（原因如下）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将ID排序下拉，为每个记录设置一个独一无二的ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " "corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 msgid "" "Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " "work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么要用ID行" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 msgid "" "The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " "free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " "Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**ID**（外部ID）是行项目独一无二的标识符。请使用之前的软件，平稳过度到Odoo。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入数据时，ID号设置不是强制的，但会在很多情况下非常有用。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更新导入：在不创建副本的情况下多次导入同一个文件；" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入关系字段" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ msgid "" "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（即产品与产品目录、产品属性、供应商等相关联）。为了导入这些关系，你需要首先从它们自己的列表菜单中导入相关对象的记录。" #: ../../general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -172,45 +172,45 @@ msgid "" "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以使用关联的记录或ID号导入。当两个记录的名称相同时需要ID号进行区分，即在行标题的末尾添加。\" / ID\"。"（如产品属性：产品属性/属性 / ID） #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 msgid "How to import data into Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将数据导入Odoo" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 msgid "How to start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何开始" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:7 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" " and even orders!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可使用Excel (.xlsx) 或CSV (.csv) 格式导入Odoo业务对象的任何数据：联系人、产品、银行对账单、日记账条目、甚至订单！" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:11 msgid "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click *Import*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开你想要移植的对象并点击**导入**。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:16 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " "already done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "系统提供了模板，你可以轻松移植你自己的数据。只需点击一次即可导入这些模板。数据映射已经完成。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:22 msgid "How to adapt the template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用模板" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:24 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加、删除或分类各行，使它们以最好的方式适应你的数据结构。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "建议不要删除**ID** 1（原因见下节）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -218,17 +218,17 @@ msgid "" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " "columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " "corresponding field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加新一行时，如果这个行的标签与系统中任何字段均不匹配，Odoo可能不会自动将其映射。因此，请通过搜索查找对应的字段。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:39 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后使用你在导入模板上找到的标签，下次尝试导入的时候即可马上使用。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:44 msgid "How to import from another application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从其他应用程序中导入" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -238,18 +238,18 @@ msgid "" "links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " "unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" " be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为了在不同的记录之间重新创建关系，需将初始应用中唯一的标识符映射到Odoo中的**ID**（外部ID）行。导入与第一个记录相链接的其他记录时，使用到这个唯一标识符的**XXX/ID** (XXX/外部 ID)。也可以通过名称找到这个记录，但如果有至少2条同名的记录，可能会影响你的查找。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:54 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " "whenever possible." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你需要稍后重新导入修改后的数据，也可用更新**ID**初始导入。这在任何时候都是一个不错的办法。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:60 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我找不到想要映射的行的区域" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -260,18 +260,18 @@ msgid "" "might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " "wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" " default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo试图基于文件的前10行找到文件内部各行的区域类型。例如，有一个只包含数字的行，只有**整数**类型的区域才显示供你选择。尽管这种方式可能在多数情况下都很合适，但也有可能出错，或者你希望将这些行映射到默认没有规划的区域中。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:71 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " "complete list of fields for each column." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这时，你只需选择**显示关系区域的区域（高级）**选项，为每一行选择完整的区域列表。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:79 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在哪里修改数据导入格式？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ msgid "" "recognize and it is also possible to have some confusion (day and month " "inverted as example) as it is difficult to guess correctly which part is the" " day and which one is the month in a date like '01-03-2016'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可以自动判断一个行是否为日期，并尝试从一系列常用日期格式中判断正确的格式。这一进程可以支持多种日期格式，有一些国外的日期格式可能无法识别，它有可能无法判断（例如天数和月的位置），它难以判断哪一部分是日期，哪一部分是月份，如这样的格式：'01-03-2016'。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ msgid "" "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " "selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" " the *ISO 8601* to define the format." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要查看Odoo从你的文档中找到了哪些日期格式，可以在文档选择器下方的**选项**中点击**日期格式**。如果格式错误，你可以用*ISO 8601*修正格式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ msgid "" "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" " stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " "whatever your locale date format is." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你导入一个Excel(.xls, .xlsx)文件，可使用日期单元格存放日期（因为在Excel中日期的显示与存储方式不一致）。这样当你在Odoo中找到一个日期就可以确保它是正确的格式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:91 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" @@ -311,56 +311,56 @@ msgid "" "change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " "known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " "crash." -msgstr "" +msgstr "是的，我们完全支持用带圆括号的数字代表负数，以及带货币符号的数字。Odoo还可自动识别你使用的千分位分隔符、小数点（稍后可在**选项**中修改）。如Odoo不能识别你使用的货币符号，则该字段不会被识别为数字，可能导致出错。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:95 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "支持的数字格式示例（如三万二千）：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:97 msgid "32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 msgid "32000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:99 msgid "32,000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "32,000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 msgid "-32000.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-32000.00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:101 msgid "(32000.00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:102 msgid "$ 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:103 msgid "(32000.00 €)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 msgid "Example that will not work:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "不合要求的例子：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" -msgstr "" +msgstr " ABC 32.000,00" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果我导入的预览表无法正确显示该怎么办？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -368,20 +368,20 @@ msgid "" "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " "settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" " CSV file bar after you select your file)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "默认导入预览是用逗号作为字段分隔符，引号作为文本分隔符。如你的CSV文件没有这些设置，可以修改文件格式选项（你选择文件后，在浏览CSV文件块下显示）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " "your spreadsheet application. See the following question." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，如果你的CSV文件将表格作为分隔符，Odoo将不能判断这整种分隔关系。你需要在电子表格的格式选项中更改设置。见下面的问题。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:122 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存我的电子表格应用时，如何更改CSV文件格式选项？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -390,17 +390,17 @@ msgid "" "suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " "modify all three options (in 'Save As' dialog box > Check the box 'Edit " "filter settings' > Save)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在电子表格应用中编辑和保存CSV文件，你电脑的地区设置会应用分隔符。我们建立你使用OpenOffice或LibreOfice Calc，因此这些软件支持你修改全部三个选项（位于保存为会话框>勾选’编辑过滤器设置’>保存）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:126 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " "'Save As' dialog box > click 'Tools' dropdown list > Encoding tab)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Microsoft Excel仅在保存为会话框->点击工具下拉列表->编码时允许修改编码方式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:131 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "数据库ID和外部ID的差别是什么？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -410,13 +410,13 @@ msgid "" "different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides 3 " "mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " "import." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有些字段用于定义与其他对象的关系。例如，联系人的国家与“国家”这个对象的记录相链接。当你导入这些字段时，Odoo会在不同的记录中重新创建链接。Odoo提供了三种机制供你导入这些字段。每次导入一个字段时只能使用一种机制。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:135 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，在引用一个联系人的国别时，Odoo提供了三种不同的字段供你导入：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:137 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" @@ -426,17 +426,17 @@ msgstr "国家：国家的名称或代码" msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：某记录的唯一Odoo ID，由postgresql 行定义。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/外部ID：其他应用（或导入的.XML文档）中引用的记录ID" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:141 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于比利时这个国家，你可以用以下三种方式中的任意一种导入：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 msgid "Country: Belgium" @@ -444,24 +444,24 @@ msgstr "国家: 比利时" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:144 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" -msgstr "" +msgstr "国家/数据库ID：21" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" -msgstr "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "国家/外部 ID: base.be" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:147 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " "according to your need:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据需要，你可以使用三种方式之一来引用关系中的记录。参照指引：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:149 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用国家：如果手动创建了CSV文件，则这是最快捷的导入方式。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ msgid "" "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " "may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " "Database ID)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用国家/数据库ID：你应该极少使用这一标识，主要是开发人员在使用。它的主要优势在于绝无冲突（你可能有多个重名的记录，但每个记录都有自己唯一的数据库ID）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:151 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用国家/外部ID：从第三方应用中导入数据时，需要使用外部ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -484,19 +484,19 @@ msgid "" "be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " "\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " "Products and their Categories." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用外部ID时，可利用带\”外部ID\”的行导入CSV文件，定义你导入的每条记录的外部ID号，然后引用类似\"字段/外部ID\”的记录。以下两个CSV文件是产品及目录的例子。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:155 msgid "" "`CSV file for categories " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "目录的CSV文档" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 msgid "" "`CSV file for Products " "<../../_static/example_files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品的CSV文档" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" @@ -511,20 +511,20 @@ msgid "" "will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " "Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " "the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，你有两个带子名称的产品目录，"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other Products/Sellable\"),你的确认被暂停了，但你仍然可以导入数据。不过我们建议你不要导入这些数据，因为它们可能都与产品目录列表 (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\")中的第一个“可销售”目录相链接。我们建议你修改一个副本值或产品目录的层级。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:165 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " "'Category'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不过，如果你不想更改产品目录的配置，我们建议你在“目录”字段使用外部ID。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:170 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入多对多的关系字段（如一个顾客有多个tag）” #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -532,19 +532,19 @@ msgid "" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " "'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" " of your CSV file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些tag可以用逗号分隔（中间无空格）。例如，如你想把顾客同时与“制造商”和“零售商”tag相链接，可以在CSV文件的同一行中编码\"Manufacturer,Retailer\"。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:174 msgid "" "`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " "<../../_static/example_files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造商和零售商的CSV文档" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:179 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入一对多的关系（例如多个订单行对应一个销售订单）？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -555,41 +555,41 @@ msgid "" "information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " "purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV file of some quotations " "you can import, based on demo data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望导入有多个订单行的销售订单，则每个订单行都需要在CSV文件中保留一个特定的列。第一个订单行可被导入到与订单信息相关的同一列中。每添加一行，都需要向与订单相关的空信息字段中增加相应的行。例如可以基于demo数据导入一些引用的purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV文件。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:184 msgid "" "`File for some Quotations " "<../../_static/example_files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一些引用的文件" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:186 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下CSV文档显示如何用各自的采购订单行导入订单：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:188 msgid "" "`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "带不同采购行的采购订单" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:190 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以下CSV文件显示如何导入顾客及其联系人：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:192 msgid "" "`Customers and their respective contacts " "<../../_static/example_files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`_." -msgstr "" +msgstr "顾客和其各自的联系人" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" -msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录？" +msgstr "我可以导入多次相同的记录吗？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -599,17 +599,17 @@ msgid "" "several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你导入了一个包含\"外部 ID\"或\"数据库 ID\行的文件，已经导入的记录就会被修改而不是新创建记录。这是非常有用的，因为它允许你在两次导入之间多次导入同一个CSV文件。Odoo还支持对任一记录的创建或修改（视新旧而定）。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:201 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此功能允许你使用Odoo的导入/导出工具修改批记录，非常适合电子表格应用。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:206 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果没有为特别字段赋值会有什么后果？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -617,11 +617,11 @@ msgid "" "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " "in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " "assigning the default value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果没有在CSV文件中设定全部字段，Odoo会向未定义的字段分配默认值。但是如果你在CSV文件中设置了空值，Odoo会在该字段设置EMPTY值，不再分配默认的值。" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:213 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从一个SQL应用中向Odoo导出/导入不同的表单？" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ msgid "" "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" " companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " "person and the company they work for)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要从不同的表单中导入数据，应在各个记录间重新创建属于不同表单的关系（即：如你导入公司和人员数据，需要在每个人及其服务的公司间重新创建链接。）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:217 msgid "" @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ msgid "" "accoss all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " "this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以使用Odoo的\"外部ID\"功能管理不同表单之间的关系。\"外部ID\"是其他应用中该记录的唯一标识符。这一\"外部ID\"对全部对象的任一记录都必须是独一无二的，因此非常适合用这一应用或表单的名称为\"外部ID\"打前缀。（如'company_1', 'person_1'，而不是'1'）。” #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:219 msgid "" @@ -649,27 +649,27 @@ msgid "" " (If you want to test this example, here is a dump of such a " "PostgreSQL database)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，假设你有一个带两个表单的SQL数据库需要导入公司和个人，而每个人都属于一个公司，因此你需要在个人和其服务的公司之间重新创建链接。测试方法如下" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先会导出全部公司及其\"外部 ID\"。在PSQL环境中写入以下命令：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:227 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SQL命令将创建以下CSV文档：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:234 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在PSQL环境中使用以下SQL命令为个人创建CSV文档并链接到对应的公司：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:240 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file::" -msgstr "" +msgstr "将产生以下CSV文档：：" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" "companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " "avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" " who shared the same ID 1 in the orignial database)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你可以看到Fabien和Laurece都是Bigees公司（company_1）的员工，Eric为Organi公司服务。个人和公司间的关系用公司的外部ID表示。我们只能用表单名称做为\"外部 ID\"的前缀，而避免个人ID和公司ID的冲突（person_1 和 company_1在原始数据库中共用ID 1。）" #: ../../general/base_import/import_faq.rst:250 msgid "" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ msgid "" "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " "contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " "company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "两个未经修改的文件已经就绪并导入Odoo。导入这两个CSV文件后，有4个联系人、3个公司（前两个联系人服务于同一公司）。你必须首先导入公司，然后导入人员。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics.rst:3 msgid "BASICS" @@ -701,11 +701,11 @@ msgstr "如何添加用户账号" msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to add additional users at any given " "point." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo支持你随时选择添加额外的用户。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:9 msgid "Add individual users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加个人用户" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -713,27 +713,27 @@ msgid "" " and click on **CREATE.** First add the name of your new user and the " "professional email address - the one he will use to log into Odoo instance -" " and a picture." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从设置模块中选择子菜单：menuselection: 用户->用户，点击**重新创建**。首先将新用户的名称添加到专业邮箱地址，即用户用于登录到Odoo实例和图片中的地址。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:19 msgid "" "Under Access Rights, you can choose which applications your user can access " "and use. Different levels of rights are available depending on the app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在访问权限下选择为你的用户选择可以访问的应用。因App的关系会提供不同的权限。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:23 msgid "" "When you’re done editing the page and have clicked on **SAVE**, an " "invitation email will automatically be sent to the user. The user must click" " on it to accept the invitation to your instance and create a log-in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "完成页面编辑并点击**保存**后，会自动向用户发送邀请邮件。用户必须点击接受邀请后创建一个登录。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:32 msgid "" "Remember that each additional user will increase your subscription fees. " "Refer to our `*Pricing page* `__ for more " "information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请记住：每多出一个新用户都会增加你的订阅费用。详情请参阅：`*Pricing page* `" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -742,17 +742,18 @@ msgid "" "click on **INVITE**. The user will receive an email invite containing a link" " to set his password. You will then be able to define his accesses rights " "under the :menuselection:`Settings --> Users menu`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "也可在系统运行时从仪表板添加新用户。在上面的截屏中输入你想添加的用户邮箱地址，点击**邀请**。用户将收到一封含有密码设置链接的邀请邮件。接着可以进入 menuselection: 设置->用户菜单，然后定义其访问权限。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:45 msgid "" "`Deactivating Users <../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" "users>`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "禁止用户<../../db_management/documentation.html#deactivating-" +"users>`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/add_user.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../crm/salesteam/setup/create_team`" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" @@ -762,60 +763,60 @@ msgstr "使用简体中文语言管理操作Odoo" msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo可提供多种语言的管理选项，每个用户都可以设置自己的语言。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" -msgstr "加载你想要的语言" +msgstr "加载你需要的语言" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先在Odoo实例中加载你想要的语言。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " "select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在通用仪表板中点击**设置**，在页面左上方选择 menuselection: 翻译->加载翻译，选择一种语言并点击**加载**安装。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你勾选了“翻译网址”，就可以在网站上更改导航了。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" -msgstr "更换你的语言" +msgstr "更改语言" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在屏幕右上方的下拉菜单中更改已安装的语言，选择**偏好**。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后保存语言设置到你已经安装的语言中，并点击**保存**。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开一个新菜单查看这些更改。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" -msgstr "更换其他用户的语言" +msgstr "更改另一个用户的语言" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo还有可能允许每个用户选择语言偏好。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -825,8 +826,8 @@ msgid "" "user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" " change the Language to any previously installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要为不同的用户更改语言，请在“设置”应用中选择 menuselection:用户-> 用户，查看要更改语言的用户列表，选择用户并点击左上角的**编辑**。可在用户偏好中更改之前已安装的语言，然后点击**保存**。" #: ../../general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../website/publish/translate`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po index fa8f3cf8a..de9be7797 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/getting_started.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-07 09:30+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: liAnGjiA, 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ msgstr "一旦你购买Odoo在线订阅, 您将收到关于指示如何激活或 msgid "" "If you did not receive this email, e.g. because the payment was made by " "someone else in your company, contact our support using our `online support " -"form `__." +"form`__." msgstr "" "如果你没有收到这封邮件, 原因可能是公司的其他人付了款, 你可使用在线支持表单`__联系我们。" @@ -142,18 +142,18 @@ msgid "" "Watch the videos on our eLearning platform (Free with your first Success " "Pack): `https://odoo.thinkific.com/courses/odoo-functional " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "观看在线学习平台的视频（第一个Success包是免费的）：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:82 msgid "" "Watch the webinars on our `Youtube channel " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在我们的Youtube频道观看在线会议" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:85 msgid "" "Or send your questions to our online support through our `online support " -"form `__." +"form`__." msgstr "或将你的问题发送给在线支持, 在线支持格式在`__." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:89 @@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ msgid "" "We are used to deploying fully featured projects within 25 to 250 hours of " "services, which is much faster than any other ERP vendor on the market. Most" " projects are completed between 1 to 9 calendar months." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们习惯于在25-250小时的服务时间内部署全功能项目，这比市面上ERP供应商要快得多。多数项目都能在1-9个日历月左右结束。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:95 msgid "" "But what really **differentiates between a successful implementation and a " "slow one, is you, the customer!** From our experience, when our customer is " "engaged and proactive the implementation is smooth." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一次高效的实施与一次迟缓的实施之间的真正**差别在于顾客！** "根据我们的经验，当顾客积极投入，实施工作就会顺利许多。” #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:100 msgid "Your internal implementation manager" @@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ msgid "" "work with our project manager on your Odoo Implementation. This is to ensure" " efficiency and a single knowledge base in your company. Additionally, this " "person must:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们要求您在公司内部保持一个单点联系人作为Odoo实施项目的经理。这是为了确保效率及你公司的单一知识库。此外，这人必须：” #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:107 msgid "" "**be available at least 2 full days a week** for the project, otherwise you " "risk slowing down your implementation. More is better with the fastest " "implementations having a full time project manager." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**能够为项目至少每周投入完整的两天时间**，否则就有实施不利的风险。如有全职的项目经理则可以加速实施进度。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:111 msgid "" @@ -200,31 +200,31 @@ msgid "" "details that need quick turn arounds for answers and if there is too much " "back and forth between several internal decision makers within your company " "it could potentially seriously slow everything down." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**有权决定**。Odoo通常改善一个公司内部的所有部门，这需要快速响应和回复，但如果公司内部的各个决策者之间没有大量的互动，则会潜在影响决策的效率。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:117 msgid "" "**have the leadership** to train and enforce policies internally with full " "support from all departments and top management, or be part of top " "management." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**具有领导力**，全面支持所有部门及高级管理者，培训及执行内部的各种政策，或成为高级管理的一个部分。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:121 msgid "Integrate 90% of your business, not 100%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "能整合您的业务的90%，而非全部" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:123 msgid "" "You probably chose Odoo because no other software allows for such a high " "level of automation, feature coverage, and integration. But **don't be an " "extremist.**" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你选择Odoo的原因可能是别的软件都没有如此高的自动化水平、功能的全面性，以及集成能力。但**别太极端**。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:127 msgid "" "Customizations cost you time, money, are more complex to maintain, add risks" " to the implementation, and can cause issues with upgrades." -msgstr "" +msgstr "定制比较费时、费钱、费力，更难于维护，增加了实施的风险，还有升级的问题。” #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ msgid "" "requirements. Be flexible on the remaining 10%, otherwise that 10% will cost" " you twice the original project price. One always underestimates the hidden " "costs of customization." -msgstr "" +msgstr "标准Odoo大约能覆盖90%的业务流程及业务需求。对剩下的10%灵活一些吧，否则会花去原项目两倍的成本。人们总是低估了定制化的隐藏成本。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -240,18 +240,18 @@ msgid "" "designed. Learn how it works and don't try to replicate the way your old " "system(s) works." msgstr "" -"* *用 Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* * 按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。" +"* *用Odoo的方式操作,不是你的。* * 按Odoo设计的方式使用会更灵活。学习它是如何工作的,不要试图复制你的旧系统(s)的工作方式。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:138 msgid "" "**The project first, customizations second.** If you really want to " -"customize Odoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " +"customizeOdoo, phase it towards the end of the project, ideally after " "having been in production for several months. Once a customer starts using " "Odoo, they usually drop about 60% of their customization requests as they " "learn to perform their work flows out of the box, or the Odoo way. It is " "more important to have all your business processes working than customizing " "a screen to add a few fields here and there or automating a few e-mails." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**首推项目，其次才定制。**如你确实需要定制Odoo，请将项目阶段排在最后，建议在运营几个月后。一旦顾客开始使用Odoo了，他们通常会放弃60%的定制请求，因为已经学会了创新地或以Odoo自带的功能实施其工作流。最好的方式是让全部业务进程实施下去，而不是随处添加一些定制的窗口，或自动化几个邮件进程。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgid "" "previous system(s), however you need to weigh that increase in time with " "other decreases in time for other processes. If the net time spent is " "decreased with your move to Odoo than you are already ahead." -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们对项目经理进行过培训，他们能帮助用户做出决策，衡量相关交易，但如果您配合会更容易达成目标。有些进程比你以往的系统更花时间，但你仍需权衡、对比由此增加的时间与其他进程缩短的时间。如果使用Odoo后花费的净时间减少则是有进步的。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:155 msgid "Invest time in learning Odoo" @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ msgid "" "Start your free trial and play with the system. The more comfortable you are" " with navigating Odoo, the better your decisions will be and the quicker and" " easier your training phases will be." -msgstr "" +msgstr "开始免费试用系统吧！Odoo的试用之旅越舒适，您越能够做出更好、更快的决定，您的培训过程也更轻松。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgid "" "install the Notes application." msgstr "" "想要一个简单的方法开始使用Odoo吗? 安装Odoo笔记来管理你的实施事项: `https://www.odoo.com/page/notes " -"`__. 在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。" +"`__.在Odoo主页, 去应用程序, 安装Notes应用程序。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:184 msgid "This module allows you to:" @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ msgstr "熟悉所有的通用工具Odoo: 通讯、讨论组、看板仪表板等 #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:197 msgid "" -"This application is even compatible with the Etherpad platform " +"This application is even compatible with the Etherpadplatform " "(http://etherpad.org). To use these collaborative pads rather than standard " "Odoo Notes, install the following add-on: Memos Pad." msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Our support can be contacted through our `online support form " "`__." -msgstr "在线支持形式 `__." +msgstr "在线支持形式`__." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ msgid "" "button within the **Manage Your Databases** screen. Upgrading your database " "is at your own discretion, but allows you to benefit from new features." msgstr "" -"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。 可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。" +"每隔两个月,Odoo发布一个新版本。一个升级按钮, 显示为* *管理数据库 * *。可自行决定是否需要升级数据库, 但升级可以得到新版本的功能更新。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:247 msgid "" @@ -498,20 +498,20 @@ msgstr "* *数据导入* *:我们可以做, 或是由项目经理提供模板指 msgid "" "If you have subscribed to **Studio**, you benefit from following extra " "services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你已经订阅了**Studio**，你将获得以下的额外服务：" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:286 msgid "" "**Customization of screens:** Studio takes the Drag and Drop approach to " "customize most screens in any way you see fit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**定制屏幕：**Studio用拖放方式定制你认为适合的大多数屏幕。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:289 msgid "" "**Customization of reports (PDF):** Studio itself will not allow you to " "customize the reports yourself, however our project managers have access to " "developers for advanced customizations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**定制报告（PDF格式）：**Studio本身不允许你自行定制报告，但我们的项目经理能通过开发者的高级定制功能实现。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:293 msgid "" @@ -526,20 +526,20 @@ msgid "" "**Workflow automations:** e.g. setting values in fields based on triggers, " "sending reminders by emails, automating actions, etc. For very advanced " "automations, our project managers have access to Odoo developers." -msgstr " * *工作流程自动化:* * 例如 设置字段值、自动发送邮件提醒,自动化操作,等等。 对于更高级点的自动化, 可以联系开发。" +msgstr " * *工作流程自动化:* * 例如设置字段值、自动发送邮件提醒,自动化操作,等等。对于更高级点的自动化, 可以联系开发。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:303 msgid "" "If any customization is needed, Odoo Studio App will be required. " "Customizations made through Odoo Studio App will be maintained and upgraded " "at each Odoo upgrade, at no extra cost." -msgstr "" +msgstr "任何定制都需要Odoo Studio应用程序。通过这一程序的任何定制都会在Odoo每次升级时保留，且没有额外收费。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:307 msgid "" "All time spent to perform these customizations by our Business Analysts will" " be deducted from your Success Pack." -msgstr "" +msgstr "所有用我们的“业务分析师”进行定制的时间都会从Success包中扣除。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -548,14 +548,14 @@ msgid "" "cover maintenance and upgrade services. This cost will be based on hours " "spent by the developer: 4€ or $5/month, per hour of development will be " "added to the subscription fee." -msgstr "" +msgstr“如需开发者协助定制，将向顾客的订阅中收取一定的费用，用于支付维护和升级服务。费用可以按小时计算：4欧元或5美元/月每小时，算入订阅费。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:316 msgid "" "**Example:** a customization that took 2 hours of development will cost: 2 " "hours deducted from the Success Pack for the customization development 2 * " "$5 = $10/month as recurring fee for the maintenance of this customization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**举例**：2小时的定制开发将收费：将2小时从定制化开发的Success包中扣除，2*5=10美元/月作为此次定制的经常性维护费用。" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:321 msgid "Implementation Methodology" @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can find more information on how to manage your databases :ref:`here " "`." -msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here `." +msgstr "关于如何管理你的数据库, 你可以找到更多的信息 :ref:`here`." #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:394 msgid "Customer Success" @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ msgid "" "way you work with Odoo, assess your new needs, etc..." msgstr "" "一旦系统上线, 你与Odoo项目经理的互动将减少。在那个时候,我们的成功客户团队将与你联系。他们是专业的团队, " -"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式 或是 评估你的新需求,等等……" +"与我们的客户保持长期联系。他们将向你展示新版本,提高你的工作方式或是评估你的新需求,等等……" #: ../../getting_started/documentation.rst:409 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po index 3d74530c6..ee765d6ad 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 15:59+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎 , 2017\n" +"Last-Translator: 苏州远鼎, 2017\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Print this document to be able to use your barcode scanner to perform more " "actions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "打印这个文件，以后方可用条码扫描器执行更多操作，" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:19 msgid ":ref:`Document:` |download_barcode|" @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ msgid "" " be accessed via the planner." msgstr "" "为了能够完成一个调拨或者完成一次盘点, 你需要确保Odoo中产品的编码和产品条码保持一致。如果还没有完成这些, " -"你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** " +"你可以通过一个手持设备在产品中输入条码。进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并点击 **配置产品条码** " "按钮。该接口也可以通过系统的向导进入。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:37 @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ msgid "" "Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " "not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " "them)." -msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码， 而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。" +msgstr "产品变型: 注意，需要在产品变型添加条码，而不是模板产品(否则就不能区分它们)。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "Set locations barcodes" @@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ msgid "" "barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " "paper." msgstr "" -"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 -->" -" 仓库管理 --> 库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" +"如果你要管理多库位, 你会发现给每个库位赋予一个条码并贴在库位上。你可以在在如下配置库位条码 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->" +" 仓库管理 -->库位` 。在 **打印** 菜单有一个按钮, 你可以用它打印库位名称和条码。每页有4个方便打印在贴纸上的排列的条码。" #: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ msgid "" "Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " "product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." msgstr "" -"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 然后点击 " +"在库存模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`存货控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 然后点击 " "**创建** 创建新的产品。把产品类型定义为 **库存产品** , 不要定义为消耗品。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ msgid "" "Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." msgstr "" "创建所有你想要追踪产品库存的产品(作为库存类型的产品)。一旦产品在库存中产生需求, 用期初盘点在系统中按照库位放置当前的数量。进入 " -":menuselection:`库存控制 --> 库存调整` 开始期初盘点。" +":menuselection:`库存控制 -->库存调整` 开始期初盘点。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ msgid "" "To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " "Products`, and click on the **list button**:" msgstr "" -"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , 并且点击" +"检查当前的库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , 并且点击" " **列表按钮**: " #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ msgid "" "drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." msgstr "" -"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) -->" +"最小库存规则的配置是在菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) -->" " 再定点规则(Reordering Rule)` 的下拉菜单中。然后点击 **创建** 去设置给定产品最小和最大库存数值。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "数量倍数" msgid "" "The procurement quantity will be rounded up to this multiple. If it is 0, " "the exact quantity will be used." -msgstr "补货数量会翻转到此倍数。 如果它是0, 那么确切的数量会被使用。" +msgstr "补货数量会翻转到此倍数。如果它是0, 那么确切的数量会被使用。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:0 msgid "Lead Time" @@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " "(or any other module where products are available)." msgstr "" -"按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 --> 存货控制 --> 产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。" +"按订单生产可以在产品表单配置 :menuselection:`库存模块 -->存货控制 -->产品` (或者其它模块下有的产品路径下)。" #: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ msgid "" " box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " "on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 " +"打开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。进入 **库位＆仓库** , 找到 **直运** 选项并勾选 " "**允许供应商直接发货给客户** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ msgid "" "Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " "order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 " +"然后进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **订单路线** 并选择 " "**在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 @@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ msgid "" "Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " "supplier to the products you want to dropship." msgstr "" -"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` " +"现在, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` " "。给需要直运的产品添加供应商。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ msgid "" "procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " "will see that one shipment has been created." msgstr "" -"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) --> 采购(Purchases) --> 采购询价单(Requests for " +"打开 :menuselection:`采购(Purchases) -->采购(Purchases) -->采购询价单(Requests for " "Quotation)` 。使用直运路线的补货自动创建采购询价单。一旦订单确认, 你可以看到一个收货送货单已经创建。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ msgid "" "and edit the concerned warehouse." msgstr "" "然而, 如果 **高级路径** 被激活并且在你仓库被设置另外一个交货配置, 你可以在交货配置中把它设置回到一步交货, 进入 " -":menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" +":menuselection:`配置 -->仓库` 并编辑相关的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ msgstr "在 **库存** 模块, 进入 **配置** 然后点击 **设置** 。" msgid "" "In :menuselection:`Traceability --> Packages`, flag **Record packages used " "on packing : pallets, boxes,...**" -msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 --> 包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " +msgstr "在 :menuselection:`追踪 -->包裹` 中, 标记 **在打包时记录使用的包裹 :栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/packaging_type.rst:24 msgid "*Sale process*" @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuring **lead times** is a first essential move in order to compute " "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置**备货时间**是计算日程的第一个关键步骤。备货时间是向不同伙伴和/或客户承诺的交货期、制造期等方面的延迟。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid "" "To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " "settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" -"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " +"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) -->通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " "**配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 @@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ msgid "" "button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " "option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." msgstr "" -"在 :menuselection:`库位 & 仓库 --> 路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** " +"在 :menuselection:`库位&仓库 -->路线` 中, 勾选激活 **产品的高级路径规则** 。并确保 **仓库多位置管理** " "也被激活。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 @@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ msgstr "配置仓库为拣货＋包装＋发货" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " "that will be used." -msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。" +msgstr "进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 编辑要使用的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo通过 **路线** 配置交货单的移动。路线提供了不同 msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 。" +msgstr "要允许路线管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"要管理路径, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " "and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." msgstr "" -"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)`" +"进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)`" " 然后选择需要变更收货方式的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 @@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ msgid "" "To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" -"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"要进行路径管理, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` " #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 @@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@ msgid "" "Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " "methods." msgstr "" -"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouse)` " +"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouse)` " "并选择你想变更收货方式的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 @@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ msgid "" " application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " "**Track lots or serial numbers**" msgstr "" -"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**" +"在设置中需要激活批次追踪, 在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 **跟踪批次或序列号码**" " 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 @@ -2598,7 +2598,7 @@ msgid "" "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." msgstr "" -"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) --> 产品(Products)` , " +"进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存控制(Inventory Control) -->产品(Products)` , " "并点开所选择的产品。点击 **编辑** , 并在 **库存** 页面勾选 **批次追踪** , 然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 @@ -2685,8 +2685,8 @@ msgid "" "You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " "Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" msgstr "" -"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 存货控制(Inventory Control) " -"--> 序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` " +"你可以查看批次追踪, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->存货控制(Inventory Control) " +"-->序列号(Serial Numbers)／批次号(Lots)` " #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:122 @@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ msgid "" "**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." msgstr "" -"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 选择 " +"你需要在设置中激活序列号追踪。在 **库存** 模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 选择 " "**跟踪批次或序列号码** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 @@ -2729,7 +2729,7 @@ msgid "" "product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " "select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号**" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开所选产品, 点击 **编辑** 并在 **库存** 页面选择 **根据序列号**" " , 然后点击 **保存** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 @@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ msgid "" "To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " ":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " "serial number corresponding to your search." -msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。" +msgstr "要追踪一个产品, 打开 **库存** 模块, 在 :menuselection:`库存控制-->序列号／批次号` , 点击相关的序列号。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" @@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ msgid "" " in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " "(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , " +"代开菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` , 在 **产品所有者** 部分选择 **管理代销产品(高级)** , " "然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 @@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ msgid "" "company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," " deliveries and supplier purchases." msgstr "" -"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 排程器 --> 运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, " +"你还可以手工的开启排程器。进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->排程器 -->运行排程器` 。排程器会使用产品上, 供应商, " "以及公司上定义的所有相关参数来决定不同生产订单, 交货单以及供应商采购订单之间的优先级。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 @@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ msgid "" "Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " "configuration." msgstr "" -"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 --> 技术 --> 自动 --> 排程器动作` " +"你可以以下菜单通过更改相关的动作设置开始时间 :menuselection:`设置 -->技术 -->自动 -->排程器动作` " "。更改运行MRP排程器的配置。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 @@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " "warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"要创建额外的报废库位, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** 并点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 @@ -3016,7 +3016,7 @@ msgid "" " --> Locations.`" msgstr "" "选择应用了 **仓库进行多库位管理** 之后, 你参照以下创建新的报废库位, 进入菜单 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库管理(Warehouse Management) --> " "库位(Locations)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 @@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@ msgid "" "To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`." msgstr "" -"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"要在收货过程中包报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " "收货(Receipts)` 。" #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 @@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@ msgid "" "To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" msgstr "" -"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"要在发货过承报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " "发货单(Delivery Orders)` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 @@ -3078,7 +3078,7 @@ msgid "" "To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" " Dashboard --> Receipts`" msgstr "" -"要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " +"要在内部调拨单上报废产品, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->仪表盘(Dashboard) --> " "收货(Receipts)` " #: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 @@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" msgstr "" "要按照向导变更报废库位, 你需要在如下地方的设置中选择 **仓库惊醒多库位管理** , 进入菜单项 " -":menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Setting)` " +":menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) -->设置(Setting)` " #: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Valuation Methods" @@ -3531,7 +3531,7 @@ msgid "" " quantity in stock * cost price)." msgstr "" "不管使用何种方式, Odoo都会提供在下列地方提供所有的库存计价, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " -"报表(Reports) --> 存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" +"报表(Reports) -->存货计价(Inventory Valuation)` (即. 当前库存数量 * 成本价格)。" #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_anglo_saxon.rst:236 #: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods_continental.rst:237 @@ -4092,7 +4092,7 @@ msgstr "消耗 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" -msgstr "2个车轮 :库存 → 生产" +msgstr "2个车轮 :库存→生产" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" @@ -4104,7 +4104,7 @@ msgstr "生产 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产 → 库存" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :生产→库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" @@ -4144,7 +4144,7 @@ msgstr "分拣" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" -msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存 → 打包区域" +msgstr "1辆自行车 :库存→打包区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 msgid "Pack" @@ -4349,7 +4349,7 @@ msgstr "仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" -msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→ 包装→ 发货" +msgstr "仓库路线示例 :拣货→包装→发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 msgid "Picking List:" @@ -4357,7 +4357,7 @@ msgstr "分拣清单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" -msgstr "拣货区域→ 打包区域" +msgstr "拣货区域→打包区域" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 msgid "Pack List:" @@ -4365,7 +4365,7 @@ msgstr "包装清单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" -msgstr "打包区域→ 门A" +msgstr "打包区域→门A" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Delivery Order:" @@ -4373,7 +4373,7 @@ msgstr "交货单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 msgid "Gate A → Customer" -msgstr "门A→ 客户" +msgstr "门A→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -4397,7 +4397,7 @@ msgstr "收货 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 msgid "Supplier → Input" -msgstr "供应商 → 收货" +msgstr "供应商→收货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 msgid "Confirmation:" @@ -4405,7 +4405,7 @@ msgstr "确认 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 msgid "Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "收货→ 质量控制" +msgstr "收货→质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Storage:" @@ -4413,7 +4413,7 @@ msgstr "库存 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 msgid "Quality Control → Stock" -msgstr "质量控制 → 库存" +msgstr "质量控制→库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Product Category" @@ -4429,7 +4429,7 @@ msgstr "越库 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 msgid "Input → Output" -msgstr "收货 →发货" +msgstr "收货→发货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 msgid "Delivery:" @@ -4437,7 +4437,7 @@ msgstr "发货 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 msgid "Output → Customer" -msgstr "发货→ 客户" +msgstr "发货→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Sale Order Line" @@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@ msgstr "订单 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 msgid "Supplier → Customer" -msgstr "供应商 → 客户" +msgstr "供应商→客户" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 msgid "Push Rules" @@ -4477,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr "产品在收货区卸货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" -msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→ 质量控制" +msgstr "推式规则1 :收货→质量控制" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" @@ -4493,7 +4493,7 @@ msgstr "产品在中转区卸货" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" -msgstr "推式 :中转区 → 仓库 2" +msgstr "推式 :中转区→仓库 2" #: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 msgid "Procurement Groups" @@ -4968,7 +4968,7 @@ msgid "" "**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." msgstr "" "更多 : **条码扫描** , **序列号** , **批次** , **越库** , **直运** , 与 **第三方** 货代集成 , **上架**" -" 以及 **下架** 策略…… 所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" +" 以及 **下架** 策略……所有这些都可以在Odoo实现。" #: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -4997,7 +4997,7 @@ msgstr "实施向导帮你经历以下步骤 :" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 msgid "Set up your warehouse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置你的仓库" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 msgid "Import your vendors" @@ -5009,7 +5009,7 @@ msgstr "导入产品" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 msgid "Set up the initial inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置初始库存" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" @@ -5017,7 +5017,7 @@ msgstr "配置销售和采购流程" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 msgid "Set up replenishment mechanisms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置补给机制" #: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5075,14 +5075,14 @@ msgid "" " --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" " products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置 --> 库位 & 仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 " +"在 **库存** 模块下, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置 -->库位&仓库` , 然后在 **路线** 中选择 " "**产品使用高级路线** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 msgid "" "Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," " then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." -msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" +msgstr "打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` , 然后打开想要进行越库的仓库并点击 **编辑** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" @@ -5107,7 +5107,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." msgstr "" "本步骤生成了一个越库路线, 你可以在以下地方看到 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> " -"配置(Configurations) --> 路径(Routes) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" +"配置(Configurations) -->路径(Routes) -->路径(Routes)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 msgid "Cross Docking Route" @@ -5127,15 +5127,15 @@ msgstr "每一个拉规则现在可以被配置。用内部的实体库位类型 #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) --> 越库` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`收货(Input) -->越库` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 --> 出货区域(Output)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`越库 -->出货区域(Output)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) --> 客户(Customer)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`出货(Output) -->客户(Customer)` " #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 msgid "Product with cross dock" @@ -5179,7 +5179,7 @@ msgid "" "application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " "option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." msgstr "" -"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 --> 设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " +"首先需要选择多库位选项 :menuselection: 在 **库存模块** 中的 `配置 -->设置` 。然后勾选 **仓库进行多库位管理** " "选项。不要忘了勾选之后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 @@ -5200,7 +5200,7 @@ msgid "" "Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " "**Create**." msgstr "" -"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " +"下一步是创建新的仓库, 在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` 。现在就可以通过点击 **创建** " "创建新的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 @@ -5242,7 +5242,7 @@ msgid "" "on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " "select the right warehouse and location." msgstr "" -"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制--> 库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** " +"进入库存管理应用模块, 选择 :menuselection:`库存控制-->库存调整` 。通过点击 **创建** 创建新的盘点。在 **盘点参照** " ", **日期** 中输入内容并确保选择正确的仓库和库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 @@ -5488,7 +5488,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" " rules**." msgstr "" -"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"推规则是路线的构成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存(Inventory) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 并勾选 **产品使用高级路径规则** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 @@ -5499,7 +5499,7 @@ msgstr "推式规则设置" msgid "" "The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " "--> Routes`." -msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 路径(Routes)` 。" +msgstr "在路径上设置推规则。进入菜单 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->路径(Routes)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." @@ -5589,7 +5589,7 @@ msgid "" "application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " "routing of products using rules**." msgstr "" -"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" +"拉规则是路线的一部分, 进入 **库存** 应用中 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **产品的高级路径规则** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 msgid "Pre-configured routes" @@ -5603,7 +5603,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo已经在仓库模块中预配置了些路线。" msgid "" "In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Warehouses`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 仓库(Warehouses)` 。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 点击 :menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->仓库(Warehouses)` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5619,7 +5619,7 @@ msgstr "定制路线" msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Routes`." -msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 路径` 。" +msgstr "在仓库模块中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->路径` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5654,7 +5654,7 @@ msgid "" "(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," " select the route(s):" msgstr "" -"打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 --> 控制 --> 产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" +"打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`库存 -->控制 -->产品` ). 在库存页面中, 选择路线(可以多选) :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" @@ -5671,7 +5671,7 @@ msgid "" "Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " "(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" " under the **Logistics** section :" -msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 --> 产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" +msgstr "打开想要设置该路线的产品( :menuselection:`配置 -->产品类别` ).在 **物流** 部分选择路径(可以多选) :" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" @@ -5693,7 +5693,7 @@ msgstr "为了能正常使用, 我们需要激活销售订单上的路径这一 msgid "" "In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " "and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." -msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" +msgstr "在销售模块, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" @@ -5718,7 +5718,7 @@ msgid "" "**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " "**Preferred Routes**:" msgstr "" -"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " +"在进行补货时, 你可以强制使用想要使用的路线。在产品( :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` ), 点击 **补货需求** 。在 " "**优先路线** 旁边选择想要使用的路径。" #: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 @@ -5772,7 +5772,7 @@ msgid "" "accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " "**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." msgstr "" -"首先, 你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入 :menuselection: \" 库存应用 --> 配置 --> 设置 `。检查会计选项 " +"首先, 你需要激活使用到岸成本。进入 :menuselection: \" 库存应用 -->配置 -->设置 `。检查会计选项 " "**产品成本计算包含到岸成本** 以及 **永续存货计价** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。 " #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 @@ -5781,7 +5781,7 @@ msgid "" "Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " "costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." msgstr "" -"然后进入 :menuselection:`采购应用--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选成本方法 " +"然后进入 :menuselection:`采购应用-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选成本方法 " "**使用'固定价','真实价'或者'平均价'成本核算方法** , 然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 @@ -5794,7 +5794,7 @@ msgid "" "Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " ":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." msgstr "" -"从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始, 例如空运费, 保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> " +"从创建特定不同的 **到岸成本** 的产品开始, 例如空运费, 保费或者关税。进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 --> " "到岸成本类型` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 @@ -5812,7 +5812,7 @@ msgstr "链接到岸成本到转移单上" msgid "" "To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Landed Costs`." -msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 存货控制 --> 到岸成本` 。" +msgstr "要计算到岸成本, 进入 :menuselection:`库存-->存货控制 -->到岸成本` 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5875,7 +5875,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" " using rules**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** " +"进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 并选择 **仓库管理多库位和产品使用高级路径** , 然后点击 **应用** " "。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 @@ -5908,7 +5908,7 @@ msgid "" "putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " "Strategy**." msgstr "" -"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 " +"你可以创建一个上架策略, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` 。打开任何一个你想要设置上架策略的库位, 点击 " "**编辑** 并选择 **上架策略** 。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 @@ -5933,7 +5933,7 @@ msgstr "现在, 当你要采购这些种类的产品时候, 它们会自动的 msgid "" "To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " "Control --> Current Inventory`" -msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 库存控制 --> 当前库存` " +msgstr "要检查当前库存, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->库存控制 -->当前库存` " #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." @@ -5964,7 +5964,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`:" -msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` :" +msgstr "在 **库存** 应用中, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` :" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5977,7 +5977,7 @@ msgstr "勾选 **追踪批次号还活着序列号** , **仓库进行多库位 msgid "" "Then, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations` and open the " "location on which you want to apply a removal strategy." -msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 --> 库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" +msgstr "然后, 打开 :`配置 -->库位` 并打开需要设置出库策略的库位。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:40 msgid "Types of removal strategy" @@ -6002,7 +6002,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **FIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "Let's take one example of FIFO removal strategy." @@ -6044,7 +6044,7 @@ msgstr "在这种仓库管理中, 最后买进的产品最先出库。后进先 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, open the " "stock location and set **LIFO** removal strategy." -msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" +msgstr "进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->库位` , 打开库存库位并设置 **先进先出** 的出库策略。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -6078,7 +6078,7 @@ msgid "" "option **Define Expiration date on serial numbers**. Then click on **Apply**" " to save changes." msgstr "" -"进入 :menuselection:`库存--> 配置 --> 设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" +"进入 :menuselection:`库存-->配置 -->设置` 。勾选 **在序列号上定义到期日期** 。然后点击 **应用** 保存变更。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -6086,39 +6086,39 @@ msgid "" "number: **best before date**, **end of life date**, **alert date** and " "**removal date**. These dates can be set from :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这将允许您为每批货物或序列号设置4个过期字段：**最佳日期**, **失效日期**, **警示日期** 以及"**撤柜日期**"。这些日期可从以下路径设置：menuselection:库存->控制->序列号/批次。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 msgid "" "**Best Before Date**: This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number start deteriorating, without being dangerous yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**最佳日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，但尚未造成危害。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:122 msgid "" "**End of Life Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this " "serial/lot number may become dangerous and must not be consumed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**失效日期：**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起变质，不得消费。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" "**Removal Date:** This is the date on which the goods with this serial/lot " "number should be removed from the stock. Using the FEFO removal strategym " "goods are picked for delivery orders using this date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**撤柜日期**：本序列/批次货物自此日期起应从商店撤下。通过FEFO 撤柜策略，在此日期收集货物发运。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 msgid "" "**Alert Date:** This is the date on which an alert should be sent about the " "goods with this serial/lot number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**警示日期：**本序列/批次货物被发出警示的日期。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:132 msgid "" "Lots will be picked based on their **removal date**, from earliest to " "latest. Lots without a removal date defined will be picked after lots with " "removal dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据**撤柜日期**按照货物的时间顺序分批撤下。先处理定义了撤柜日期的货物，再处理未定义此日期的批次。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -6126,7 +6126,7 @@ msgid "" "purposes only. Lots that are past any or all of the above expiration dates " "may still be picked for delivery orders, and no alerts will be sent when " "lots pass their **alert date**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除**撤柜日期**外的所有数据都只用于参考和汇报。超出上述所有日期期限的批次可能仍会作为送货订单拣出，且当这批次货物超过**警示日期**后并不会发出警示。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:140 msgid "" @@ -6140,35 +6140,35 @@ msgid "" "entered in the time increment field. If the time increment field is set to " "zero, then the expiration date of a lot/serial must be defined manually " "after the lot has been created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "批次货物的过期日期也可在货物入库时自动设置。根据序列号启用过期日期后，产品详情表的库存页签下会出现4个新的字段：**产品生命周期**、**产品使用寿命**、**产品撤柜时间**和**产品警示时间**。当其中一个字段输入整数后，对应产品的批次/序列的过期日期将被设为该批次/序列的创建日期加上在时间增量字段中输入的天数。如果时间增量字段设为0，则该批次/序列的过期日期必须在该批次创建之后手动设置。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 msgid "" "Each of these time increment fields is used to generate one of the lot " "expiration date fields as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个时间增量字段都用于生成以下一种过期日期字段，如下所示：" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 msgid "Product Use Time --> Best Before Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品使用寿命->最好在此日期前使用" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:153 msgid "Product Removal Time --> Removal Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品撤柜时间->撤柜日期" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:155 msgid "Product Life Time --> End of Life Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品生命周期->生命周期结束" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:157 msgid "Product Alert Time --> Alert Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品警示时间->警示日期" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:159 msgid "" "To set the removal strategy on location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration" " --> Locations` and choose FEFO." -msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 --> 库位` 并选择FEFO。" +msgstr "要在库位上设置出库策略, 进入 :`配置 -->库位` 并选择FEFO。" #: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -6281,7 +6281,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -"要陪只如何使用包裹, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 " +"要陪只如何使用包裹, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 " "**记录产品包裹的包材 :栈板, 盒子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 @@ -6349,7 +6349,7 @@ msgid "" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " "packs**:" msgstr "" -"你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 作业类型` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: " +"你需要设置 **作业类型** 为允许调拨包裹。进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->作业类型` 。勾选 **允许调拨包裹**: " #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 msgid "Transfer packages" @@ -6384,7 +6384,7 @@ msgstr "包裹追踪" msgid "" "To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "Control --> Packages`." -msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 包裹` 。" +msgstr "要追踪一个包裹或者包裹里面的明细, 进入 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->包裹` 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." @@ -6428,7 +6428,7 @@ msgid "" "sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " "**Apply**." msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 " +"在 **库存** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **产品** 部分, 选择 " "**产品的采购/销售时可以使用不同的计量单位(高级)** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 @@ -6441,7 +6441,7 @@ msgid "" "you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " "**Edit**." msgstr "" -"在 :menuselection:`库存控制 --> 产品` , 打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。" +"在 :menuselection:`库存控制 -->产品` , 打开你需要在采购/销售过程中使用不同计量单位的产品并点击 **编辑** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6855,7 +6855,7 @@ msgid "" "Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " "attributes**, then click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , " +"在你使用产品变量之前, 你需要在设置中激活产品变量。要这样做, 你需要进入销售模块, 在菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , " "找到 **产品变形** 　行, 然后勾选 **产品可以有多个变体** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 @@ -6868,7 +6868,7 @@ msgid "" "products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 --> 产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" +"一旦你激活了变量选项, 你就可以给产品添加变量。要这样做的话, 进入销售模块 :`销售 -->产品` 。还可以从采购和库存模块进入产品页面。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." @@ -6979,7 +6979,7 @@ msgid "" "Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " "**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." msgstr "" -"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` " +"一旦你激活了产品变量选项, 你就可以在产品上添加产品变量。要这样做, 进入销售模块, 打开 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` " "并点击你想要更改的产品, 点击 **变量价格** 按钮来查看变量列表。" #: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 @@ -7081,7 +7081,7 @@ msgid "" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **Apply**." msgstr "" -"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在" +"为了能创建一个新的库位, 你需要能让系统进行多库位管理。在 **库存** 模块中, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在" " **库位＆仓库** 的地方选择 **仓库进行多库位管理** , 然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 @@ -7090,7 +7090,7 @@ msgid "" "Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " "**Create**." msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。" +"在 **库存** 模块中, 打开 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->库位` , 在库位窗口下, 点击 **创建** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7136,14 +7136,14 @@ msgid "" " section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " "click on **apply**." msgstr "" -"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置` " +"为了能够床架一个新的仓库, 你必须要让系统允许管理多库位。在 **库存** 模块下, 打开菜单 :menuselection:`设置 -->配置` " "。在 **库位&仓库** 位置, 点选 **仓库多位置管理** 的勾选框。然后点击 **应用** 。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 msgid "" "Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " "Warehouses`" -msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 --> 仓库管理 --> 仓库` " +msgstr "打开菜单 :menuselection:`配置 -->仓库管理 -->仓库` " #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -7160,7 +7160,7 @@ msgid "" "In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " "Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " "make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." -msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码 。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" +msgstr "在 **简称** 字段, 输入一个仓库的5-位编码。注意该编码会显示在库位的列表中, 所以务必确保该简称能简明且清晰的代表你的仓库。" #: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -7277,7 +7277,7 @@ msgid "" "To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " "app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " "Methods`." -msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货 --> 交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要给交货方式配置价格。进入 **库存** 应用, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货 -->交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -7390,7 +7390,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" -"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" +"在 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` , 在 **货代接口** 的下方标识你想要集成的货运公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 @@ -7404,7 +7404,7 @@ msgstr "配置发货方式" msgid "" "To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" " :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." -msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 交货方式` 。" +msgstr "要配置交货方式, 进入 **库存** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->交货方式` 。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -7476,7 +7476,7 @@ msgstr "货代公司需要产品的重量, 不然运输价格不能计算。" msgid "" "Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " "the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 --> 产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" +msgstr "进入 **销售** 模块, 点击 :menuselection:`销售 -->产品` 。打开需要发货的产品并维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -7539,7 +7539,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " "**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" msgstr "" -"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " +"要配置包裹的使用, 进入 :menuselection:`库存 -->配置 -->设置` 。找到 **包裹** 的位置并选择 **在包装上记录包材 " ":栈板, 箱子, ……** " #: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 @@ -7777,7 +7777,7 @@ msgid "" "In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " "you want to integrate :" -msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 --> 设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" +msgstr "在库存模块, 点击 :menuselection:`配置 -->设置` 。在 **货运接口** 下方, 标识出你想要集成的货代公司 :" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -7836,7 +7836,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" " you want to ship and set a weight on it." -msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 --> 销售 --> 产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" +msgstr "进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售 -->销售 -->产品` 。打开你想要交货的产品并为之维护重量。" #: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po index b1b5982cf..a925b17c1 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manufacturing.po @@ -28,18 +28,18 @@ msgstr "制造作业" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment Strategies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "补货策略" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:3 msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何选择正确的补货策略" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:5 msgid "" "Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " "different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " "delivery strategies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最小库存规则和按单补货的结果相似，但规则不同，应根据你的制造和发货策略来选用。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:10 msgid "Terminology" @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ msgid "" "answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" " minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" " quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最小库存规则用于确保你已经有了制造和/或响应消费者需求的最小库存量。当某产品的库存水平到达最小量时，系统自动生成一个采购订单，该订单的数量能满足最小库存量。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:22 #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:58 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgid "" "the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " "current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " "regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "按单补货功能将触发与产品相关的销售订单的采购单。系统**不会**检查现有库存。意味着无论现有产品的数量是多少，都会生成一个采购订单草稿。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:30 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:27 @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ msgid "" "module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" " down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " "values for a given product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最小库存规则可通过库存模块进行配置。在“库存控制”下拉菜单中选择\"再次订购规则\" ，然后点击\"创建\"设置某给定产品的最小与最大库存值。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -99,24 +99,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " "\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后点击产品，在\"库存子菜单\"访问相关产品的表单。不要忘记选择一个供应商。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:54 msgid "" "Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " "stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "别忘记选择正确的产品类别。消耗品无法贮存，不可计入库存盘点数。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:60 msgid "" "The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " "your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " "other module where products are available)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可在产品表单中配置按单补货：menuselection:库存->库存控制->产品（或在产品可用的任一其他模块中配置）。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:64 msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在产品表单的库存项下，点击\"按单补货\"。" #: ../../manufacturing/operations/replenishment/strategies.rst:70 msgid "Choice between the two options" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "How to Sell a Set of Products as a Kit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将将一套产品作为一个套件销售" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -152,18 +152,18 @@ msgid "" "There are two basic ways to configure kits, depending on how stock of the " "kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the Inventory and " "Manufacturing apps must be installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**套件**是一套送货前未组装或混合的部件，它们在Odoo中用*物料票（bills of materials）*描述。根据套件产品的管理形式，有两种基本的配置方法。每种方法中，都必须安装“库存”和“制造”App。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:12 msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理部件产品库存" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:14 msgid "" "If you would like to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of " "the kit *components* only, you will use a Kit BoM without a manufacturing " "step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你希望订货时组装这些套件，只对套件*部件*库存进行管理，则应跳过制造步骤使用Kit BoM。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" "each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the image at left " "shows a sales order for the kit \"Custom Computer Kit\", while the image at " "right shows the corresponding delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用Kit BoM的产品将作为单行项目在报价和销售订单中显示，但它会为套件中的每个部件都生成一个单行送货单。在以下例子中，左边的图片显示\"自定义电脑套件\"的销售订单，右边的图片显示对应的送货订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:24 msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" @@ -186,13 +186,13 @@ msgid "" "**Manufacture** set. Because you cannot track the stock of kit products, the" " Product Type should be set to **Consumable**. Because a kit product cannot " "be purchased, **Can be Purchased** should be unchecked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从“库存”或“制造”App的**产品**菜单中为每个需要的部件创建产品，然后创建顶级或套件产品。套件产品应该只有**制造**路由，因为你无法跟踪套件产品的库存，产品类型可设为**消耗品**。由于套件产品是无法购买的，所以应取消“可购买”前面的勾号。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:37 msgid "" "All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " "preference. The component products require no special configuration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "套件产品的所有其他参数都可按照你的偏好进行修改。套件产品无需特别的配置。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -200,11 +200,11 @@ msgid "" "product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the BoM Type **Ship " "this product as a set of components**. All other options may be left with " "their default values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品配置完成后，为套件产品创建一个物料清单。添加每个部件及数量。为BoM类别选择**将本产品作为部件发货**。其他选择可以保持默认值不变。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:53 msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理套件及部件产品的库存" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ msgid "" " standard BoM to assemble kits, a manufacturing order will be created. The " "manufacturing order must be registered as completed before the kit product " "will appear in your stock." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需管理最高等级套件产品的存货，需要采用有制造步骤的标准BoM而不用Kit BoM。使用标准BoM组装套件时将创建一个制造订单。该制造订单必须注册方能在存货中显示套件产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -221,18 +221,18 @@ msgid "" "**Make to Order**, which will create a manufacturing order whenever a sales " "order is confirmed. Select the product type **Stockable Product** to enable " "stock management." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在套件产品中选择**制造**路由。也可选择**按单补货**，这会在每次确认销售订单时创建一个制造订单。请选择产品类别为**可贮存品**启用库存管理。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/kit_shipping.rst:72 msgid "" "When you create the bill of materials, select the BoM Type **Manufacture " "this product**. The assembly of the kit will be described by a manufacturing" " order rather than a packing operation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当你创建物料清单时，将BoM类别选择为**制造此产品**。套件的组装由制造订单而非包装操作来定义。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理产品变体的BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:5 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:125 @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" "Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " "same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo允许你为同一产品的多个变量使用物料清单。启用变量的方式很简单，只需从menuselection中选择配置->设置。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:12 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:132 @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgid "" " manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " "each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " "variants." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后就可以指定每个产品变量的制造中需要用哪些部件行。可以为每个行指定多个变量。如果没有指定变量，这一行可以用于所有的变量。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/product_variants.rst:17 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:137 @@ -257,11 +257,11 @@ msgid "" "When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " "field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " "used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在行与项目对应的基础上定义变量BoM时，BoM主区域的**产品变量**字段应不填内容。这一字段只在为产品的一个变量创建BoM时有用。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:3 msgid "How to manage semi-finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理半成品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:5 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:83 @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ msgid "" "assemblies to simplify a complex BoM, to more accurately represent your " "manufacturing flow, or to use the same subassembly in multiple BoMs. A BoM " "that employs subassemblies is often referred to as a multi-level BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "分组件是一种用于另一制成品部件的制成品。你可能想用分组件来简化一个复杂的BoM、更精确地表示你的制造流，或在多个BoM中使用相同的分组件。BoM使用分组件通常指多级BoM。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:12 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:90 @@ -281,11 +281,11 @@ msgid "" "subassembly product is defined. This ensures that every time a manufacturing" " order for the top-level product is created, a manufacturing order for each " "subassembly is created as well." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中的多级物料清单可通过创建顶级BoM和分组件BoM完成。下一步定义分组件产品的采购路线，以确保每次创建了顶级产品的制造订单时，能同时创建每个分组件的制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:19 msgid "Configure the Top -Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:21 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:99 @@ -293,12 +293,12 @@ msgid "" "To configure a multi-level BoM, create the top-level product and its BoM. " "Include any subassemblies in the list of components. Create a BoM for each " "subassembly as you would for any product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为配置多级BoM，请创建顶极产品及其BoM。将所有分组件包括到部件清单中。为每个分组件创建一个BoM（类似为每个产品创建BoM）。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:29 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:107 msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置分组件产品数据" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:31 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:109 @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ msgid "" "**Manufacture** and **Make To Order**. The **Manufacture** route takes " "precedence over the **Buy** route, so selecting the latter will have no " "effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在分组件的产品表中，必须选择**制造**和**按需补货**路由。**制造**路由的优先级高于**购买**路由，因此选后者是无效的。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/bill_of_materials/sub_assemblies.rst:39 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:117 @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ msgid "" "If you would like to be able to purchase the subassembly in addition to " "manufacturing it, select **Can be Purchased**. All other fields on the " "subassembly product form may be configured according to your preference." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需在制造之外采购一些组件，选择**可以购买**。分组件产品表单中的所有其他字段都可根据你的偏好配置。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting Started" @@ -323,29 +323,29 @@ msgstr "入门" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "How to consume composents to make a finished product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何消费组件以制造成品" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "How to create a Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何创建物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:5 msgid "" "A bill of materials (BoM) is a document that describes the component " "products, the quantity of each component, and the process required to " "manufacture a product, including a routing and individual steps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物料清单 (BoM) 是描述部件产品、每个部件的数量，以及制造产品（包括路由和每个步骤）过程的文件。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:9 msgid "" "In Odoo, each product may have multiple BoMs associated with it, but a BoM " "can only be associated with a single product. A single BoM can, however, " "describe multiple variants of the same product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中，每个产品可能有多个BoM与其关联，但一个BoM只能与单个产品相关联。而单个BoM可以描述同一产品的多个变量。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "Setting up a Basic BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置基本的BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ msgid "" "more information about which method of management to use, review the " "**Getting Started** section of the *Manufacturing* chapter of the " "documentation." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你只用制造订单来管理制造过程，可无需路由来定义基本的物料清单。关于所采用的管理方式详情，请查看文献中*制造*章节的**开始**节。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ msgid "" "dropdown menus to add them to your bill of materials. A new bill of " "materials can be created from :menuselection:`Master Data --> Bills of " "Materials`, or using the button on the top of the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建你的第一份物料清单前，你需要创建至少一个部件（在Odoo中也被认为是产品），方法是从menuselection中选择主数据->产品，或在系统运行时从BoM表格的相关字段中选择。一旦创建好一个产品和至少一个部件后，从相关的下拉菜单中选择它们并添加到你的物料清单。新的物料单可从menuselection中创建，选择主数据->物料清单，或使用产品表单之上的按钮进行创建。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -375,11 +375,11 @@ msgid "" "**Sequence** defines the order in which your BoMs will be selected for " "production orders, with lower numbers having higher priority. **Version** " "allows you to track changes to your BoM over time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**杂项**页签下填写额外的字段。**顺序**定义了BoM被选择为生产订单的顺序，数字越小优先级越高。**版本**允许你跟踪BoM在不同时间的版本号变化。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:38 msgid "Adding a Routing to a BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在BoM中添加路由" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -387,14 +387,14 @@ msgid "" "and the work center at which each operation is performed. A routing may be " "added to multiple BoMs, though a BoM may only have one routing. For more " "information about configuring routings, review the chapter on routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "路由定义制造一个产品所需的一系列操作，以及每个操作执行的工作中心。一个路由可以添加到多个BoM中，而后者每个只能有一个路由。路由配置的更多信息，请参阅路由一章。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:46 msgid "" "After enabling routings from :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, " "you will be able to add a routing to a bill of materials by selecting a " "routing from the dropdown list or creating one on the fly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用路由的方法：menuselection: 配置->设置，然后当系统运行时从下拉清单中选择一个路由，即可将路由添加到物料清单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -404,23 +404,23 @@ msgid "" "produced under the **Miscellaneous** tab using the field **Produced at " "Operation**. If this field is left blank, the products will be " "consumed/produced at the final operation in the routing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过**组件**下方的**在工序中消费**字段定义工序或步骤。同样，也可以用**在操作中生产**字段（位于**杂项**页签下）定义产品被生产的操作。如果不填这个字段，产品将在路由的最后操作中被消耗/生产。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:61 msgid "Adding Byproducts to a BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "添加副产品到BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:63 msgid "" "In Odoo, a byproduct is any product produced by a BoM in addition to the " "primary product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "副产品指在Odoo中，BoM生产的任何主产品之外的产品。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:66 msgid "" "To add byproducts to a BoM, you will first need to enable them from " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需将副产品添加到BoM，首先要在menuselection中选择配置->设置，启用它们。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -428,23 +428,23 @@ msgid "" "under the **Byproducts** tab of the bill of materials. You can add any " "product or products as byproducts. Byproducts are produced in the same step " "of the routing as the primary product of the BoM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "副产品启用后，即可被添加到物料清单**副产品**页签下的物料清单了。你可将任何产品（一个或多个）作为副产品添加。副产品的生产过程与BoM中主产品的路由一致。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:81 msgid "Setting up a BoM for a Product With Sub-Assemblies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为产品设置一个带分组件的BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:97 msgid "Configure the Top-Level Product BoM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "配置顶级产品BoM" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/bill_configuration.rst:123 msgid "Using a Single BoM to Describe Several Variants of a Single Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用单个的BoM描述单一产品的多个变体" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:3 msgid "How to process a manufacturing order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何处理一个制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" @@ -458,11 +458,11 @@ msgid "" "control over the manufacturing process. In this way, **Manufacturing " "orders** are divided into one or more steps defined by **work orders**, " "performed in an order defined by **routings**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo中有两种管理制造的基本方式。第一种方式只管理唯一的文件，即**制造订单**。第二种方式使用额外的文件，对制造过程进行精确控制。这种方式下，**制造订单**被分割到一个或多个步骤（通过**路由**定义的订单中的**工单**执行）" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:17 msgid "How to manage manufacturing without routings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在没有路由的情况下管理制造" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -470,18 +470,18 @@ msgid "" "work to produce your product is performed in one place, by one person, in " "one step, and/or you do not need the level of granular control afforded by " "work orders and routings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果所有制造产品的工作都在一个地方、由一人以一个步骤执行，以及/或者你不需要工单和路由提供的粒度控制级别，那么你很有可能在没有路由的情况下使用制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:24 msgid "" "Managing your operations in this way is the default behavior in Odoo. There " "are two basic phases from planning to production:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "这种方式的操作管理是Odoo的默认动作。从规划到制造有两个基本阶段：" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:27 #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:52 msgid "Create manufacturing orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建制造订单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:29 msgid "Record Production" @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ msgstr "记录生产" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:32 msgid "How to manage manufacturing with routings and work orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何以路由和工单管理制造" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -498,14 +498,14 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. You will then be able to add routings to bills of materials, and " "configure some additional related fields. You will also be able to create " "**work centers**, the locations at which work orders are performed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为使用工单和路由，你需要从menuselection选择配置->设置并启用**用工单管理生产**，然后将路由添加到物料清单，再配置一些额外的关联字段。你还可以创建**工作中心**，即工单被执行的地点。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:41 msgid "" "When manufacturing with routings and work orders, each work order is " "scheduled individually. You will also have access to time and capacity " "planning, and reports on costing and efficiency on a work center level." -msgstr "" +msgstr "用路由和工单进行制造时，每个工单都是独立排定的。你还可以进行时间和工作量规划，以及工作中心级别的开销与效率报告。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -513,19 +513,19 @@ msgid "" "configuring your BoM, you will need to add a routing defining the component " "work orders. After planning the manufacturing order, you will have the added" " step of scheduling work orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用路由制造也可分解为多个步骤。配置BoM时，你需要添加路由来定义组件的工单。完成制造订单的规划之后，你就在工单排定中添加了额外的步骤。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:50 msgid "The workflow is thus divided into three basic phases, as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作流由此被分解到三个基本阶段中，如下所示：" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:54 msgid "Schedule the associated work orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "计划相关工单的日程" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/getting_started/manufacturing_order.rst:56 msgid "Perform the scheduled work and record production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "执行排定的工作并记录产出" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 msgid "Main Concepts" @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ msgstr "主要概念" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:3 msgid "Introduction to Odoo Manufacturing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo制造介绍" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:11 msgid "Transcript" @@ -541,11 +541,11 @@ msgstr "副本" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/intro.rst:13 msgid "Work in progress." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作进程中" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:3 msgid "Manufacturing Terminologies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造术语" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -554,39 +554,39 @@ msgid "" "Depending on the industry and the nature of the finished product, a " "different name may be used to describe the same document. For example, in " "the pharmaceutical industry, the term “recipe” may be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物料清单(BoM)用于描述物料、每种物料的数量、以及制造某一产品所需的步骤。由于行业和成品性质的不同，同一个文件可能有不同的命名。例如，在制药行业中，可以使用术语“处方”。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:14 msgid "Cycle" -msgstr "" +msgstr "周期" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:17 msgid "" "A production cycle is a frame of time during which an entire manufacturing " "process can be fulfilled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品周期是整个制造过程得以完成的时间框架。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:19 msgid "Downtime or Leave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "停机时间或请假" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:22 msgid "" "Time during which a resource is unavailable. If the resource is a machine, " "the unavailability is downtime, while if the resource is human, unavailable " "time is called a Leave." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当资源不可用的时间。如果这个资源是机器，则不可用指的是停机时间；如果资源是人，则不可用时间是请假时间。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:25 msgid "Finished products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:28 msgid "" "Finished products are the final output of a manufacturing process. They are " "normally not intended to be used as input into another manufacturing order " "of the company." -msgstr "" +msgstr "成品是一个制造过程的最终输出。它们通常不会计划为到另一个公司制造订单的输入部分。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:31 msgid "Kit" @@ -596,11 +596,11 @@ msgstr "套件" msgid "" "A kit is a set of components that are described by a bill of materials, but " "which are delivered separately rather than assembled or mixed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "套件是由物料清单中描述的一套部件，但会分别运送而不会被组装或混合。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:36 msgid "Multi-level Bill of Materials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "多级清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -608,38 +608,38 @@ msgid "" "can be broken down into several smaller manufactured parts, each having its " "own BOM. These parts are typically referred to as sub-assembly of " "intermediate products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "物料清单可能很快就会变得很复杂。为了使用管理，一份清单可以分解为几个较小的制造品，每个都有其自己的BOM。这些部件通常被称为中间件的子组件。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:44 msgid "" "Defining a BOM in multiple levels reduces the complexity of the top-level " "document and allows components to be reused in other BoMs." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在多级中定义BOM减少了顶级文件的复杂性，且允许在其他BoM中复用这些部件。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:46 msgid "Phantom Bill of Material" -msgstr "" +msgstr "幽灵物料清单" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:49 msgid "" "A phantom bill of material is always used in the context of multi-level " "BOMs. It allows to add a sub-assembly as part of a bigger end-product while " "avoiding to trigger a separate manufacturing order for the sub-assembly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "幽灵物料清单总是用于多级BoM上下文中，它允许将子组件作为一个较大的终端产品的部件进行添加，同时避免触发子组件的单独制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" "As such, when a manufacturing order for the final product is launched, the " "components of the sub-assembly are reflected in the parent BOM as if they " "were direct components of the parent BOM." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因此，当出现了最终产品的制造订单时，子组件的部件就反映到上级BOM中（相当于它们是上级BOM的直接部件）。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:58 msgid "" "Phantom BOM are thus used for grouping a set of components with the aim of " "reusing them in many other BOM without the need to launch separate " "manufacturing orders for the sub-assemblies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "幽灵BOM因此用于分组一套部件，目的是在多个其他BOM中进行复用而无需为子组件调用单独的制造订单。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:61 msgid "Raw Materials" @@ -649,13 +649,13 @@ msgstr "原材料" msgid "" "Raw materials and components constitute the input that are transformed to " "produce semi-finished or finished goods." -msgstr "" +msgstr "原材料和部件构成了要转换为半成品或成品的输入。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:67 msgid "" "The transformation here can take many aspects according to the industry. It " "can be simple assembly, welding, mixing, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "因行业不同，这种转换可能涉及多个方面。可能是简单的组装、焊接、混合等。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:69 msgid "Routing" @@ -665,17 +665,17 @@ msgstr "工艺" msgid "" "A routing is a document that describes a series of Work Orders and the Work " "Centers at which they will be carried out" -msgstr "" +msgstr "路由是描述一系列工单和工作中心的文档。路由在这些订单和工作中心被实施。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:74 msgid "Semi-finished products and sub-assemblies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "半成品和半组装件" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:77 msgid "" "These are products which are manufactured with the purpose to be consumed in" " another manufacturing order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "这些产品被制造的目的是用于其他制造订单的消耗。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:79 msgid "Work Order Operations" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ msgid "" "process a manufacturing order. Each activity or operation takes some time to" " be completed and is performed into a determined production unit (also " "called work center)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单规程指定了一套全面实施制造订单的动作。"每个动作或操作都需要花时间完成，并在一个确定的制造单元（也称为工作中心）中执行。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:86 msgid "Work Order" @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ msgstr "工单" msgid "" "A work order is a single manufacturing operation that is scheduled for " "execution on a given date and a given duration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工单是在给定日期和时限后，排定日程的单一制造操作。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:91 msgid "Work Center" @@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ msgid "" "Work centers identify production units and their resources. They are used to" " represent the plant capacity as well as costing information. The capacity " "is a combination of resources and their availability time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "工作中心对产品单元及其资源进行标识，用于代表工厂的产能及成本信息。产能是资源及可用时间的组合。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:97 msgid "Resources" @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "资源" msgid "" "In manufacturing a resource can be a human being (employee) or machine " "available in a work center." -msgstr "" +msgstr "制造这种资源可以是人（员工），也可以是工作中心的机器。" #: ../../manufacturing/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:102 msgid "Working Time" @@ -728,4 +728,4 @@ msgstr "工作时间" msgid "" "Each resource has its normal working time. For instance, machines can be set" " up to operate 7 days a week 20 hours out of 24." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每种资源都有其标准工作时间。例如，机器可以设置为每周工作7天，每天工作20小时。" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 46b07e9dd..382baa8d0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -2034,11 +2034,11 @@ msgstr "会计日记账用来登录销售分录。" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Invoice Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "发票日记账" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Accounting journal used to create invoices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建发票所用的会计日记账" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Group Journal Items" @@ -2072,11 +2072,11 @@ msgstr "这个序列号是由Odoo自动产生的，不过您可以自己定义 #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Sales Channel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售渠道" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "This Point of sale's sales will be related to this Sales Channel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "销售点与本销售渠道相关" #: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:0 msgid "Virtual KeyBoard" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index 3a88482f1..8e20b6d50 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ msgstr "过程概览" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:3 msgid "Request for Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order?" -msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标 还是 采购订单?" +msgstr "采购询价, 采购招标还是采购订单?" #: ../../purchase/overview/process/difference.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr "product_code" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "供应商产品编码 -> 自由文本" +msgstr "供应商产品编码 ->自由文本" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "569874" @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ msgstr "price" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "供应商价格 -> 自由文本" +msgstr "供应商价格 ->自由文本" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "1500" @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "假设我们从供应商处以 **加仑** 买水然后以 **升** 卖给 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." -msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 --> 产品` 。" +msgstr "我们进入采购模块并选择 :`采购 -->产品` 。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ msgid "" "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" msgstr "" -"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商 参考** " +"从采购程序, 你可以创建你需要的产品的采购单。如果供应商发给你一个确认或报价。你可以在 **供应商参考** " "字段填写订单参考编号。这可以使你方便地和稍后的供应商订单匹配(因为供应商账单可能会包含供应商参考内容)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ msgid "" "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " "cancel." msgstr "" -"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。 由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, " +"首先我们用一个你采购了 **3个iPad mini** 还没有调拨的例子。由于使用 **采购** 模块时需要安装库存模块, " "这样也可以看看部分取消交货的情况。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ msgid "" " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." msgstr "" -"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。 在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini " +"第一要做的事是登记已收货物并取消准备发货的 **第三个 iPad Mini** 。在采购单中, 点击 **收货** 并在 **iPad Mini " "定单行** 上, 在 **完成** 栏, 手动更改已收数量。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 @@ -1970,18 +1970,18 @@ msgstr "采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:3 msgid "How to manage Purchase Tenders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何管理采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:12 msgid "" "For more information on best uses, please read the chapter `Request for " "Quotation, Purchase Tender or Purchase Order? " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需获得最佳使用的信息，请阅读此章节“报价、采购招标或采购订单请求”：" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:17 msgid "Activate the Purchase Tender function" -msgstr "" +msgstr "激活采购招标功能" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1994,71 +1994,71 @@ msgid "" "In the Purchases module, open the Configuration menu and click on Settings. " "In the Purchase Order section, locate the **Calls for Tenders** and tick the" " box Allow using call for tenders... (advanced), then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在采购模块下，打开配置菜单并点击“设置”。在采购订单节，找到**邀请招标**，再选择“允许邀请招标...(高级)，然后点击**应用**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:31 msgid "Create a Purchase Tender" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:33 msgid "" "To create a new Purchase Tender, open :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase " "Agreements (PA)`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要创建一个新的采购招标，请在选单中打开采购->采购协议(PA)。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:39 msgid "" "In the Purchase Agreements window, click on **Create**. A new Purchase " "Agreement window opens." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在“采购协议”窗口中点击**创建**，开启一个新的“采购协议”窗口。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:42 msgid "In the **Agreement Type** field, choose Purchase Tender." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**协议类型**字段中选择“采购招标”。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:44 msgid "You do not have to define a **Vendor**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不需要定义**供应商**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:46 msgid "" "In the **Products** section, click on **Add an item**. Select products in " "the Product list, then insert **Quantity**. You can add as many products as " "you wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在**产品**节点击**添加项目**，从产品列表中选择产品，然后输入**数量**。可以添加多个产品。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:53 msgid "Click on **Confirm Call**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**确认邀请**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:55 msgid "" "Now click on the button **New Quotation**. A RfQ is created with the " "products chosen on the PT. Choose a **Vendor** and send the RfQ to the " "vendor. Repeat this operation for each vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击**新报价**按钮。会为采购招标上选择的产品创建一个询价单。选择一个**供应商**然后将询价单发给该供应商。每个供应商都要重复这一操作。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:62 msgid "Once all the RfQs are sent, you can click on **Validate** on the PT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全部询价单发送完毕后，在采购招标上点击**确认**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:64 msgid "" "The vendors will send their offers, you can update the RfQs accordingly. " "Then, choose the ones you want to accept by clicking on **Confirm Order** on" " the RfQs and **Cancel** the others." -msgstr "" +msgstr "供应商将发送报价，你可以相应地更新询价单。对于选中的供应商，你可以在询价单上点击“确认订单”并**取消**其他询价单。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:68 msgid "You can now click on **Done** on the PT." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在可以在采购招标上点击**完成**。" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:70 msgid "" "View `Purchase Tenders " "`__" " in our Online Demonstration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在https://demo.odoo.com/?module=purchase_requisition.action_purchase_requisition在线的演示系统中查看采购招标" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" @@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." msgstr "" -"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " +"设置安全天数, 进入 :menuselection:`设置(Settings) -->通用设置(General settings)` 然后点击 " "**配置公司数据** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ msgid "" "**Sales** application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick " "**Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." msgstr "" -"你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 --> 设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" +"你还要在销售订单中允许路线选择, 在销售模块, 进入菜单选项 :`配置 -->设置` 并勾选 **在销售订单选择特定的路线(高级)** 。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:32 msgid "How to use drop-shipping?" @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@ msgstr "供应商或客户警告" msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendors` or to :menuselection:`Sales -->" " Customers`." -msgstr "转到 :菜单:`采购 --> 供应商` 或者 到 :菜单:`销售 --> 客户` ." +msgstr "转到 :菜单:`采购 -->供应商` 或者到 :菜单:`销售 -->客户` ." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:37 msgid "Open the vendor or the customer and click on the **Warnings** tab." @@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ msgstr "多公司" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购 流程。" +msgstr "如何设置多公司销售/采购流程。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3028,7 +3028,7 @@ msgstr "即使你没有财务的权限, 你仍然可以控制供应商账单。" msgid "" "Go to the **Purchases** application: :menuselection:`Control --> Vendor " "Bills`." -msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单'控制-->供应商 账单’。" +msgstr "在 **采购** 模块 :菜单'控制-->供应商账单’。" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:17 msgid "Incoming Products" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 2a1451213..5bdfdc39c 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ msgid "" " You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " "Description**." msgstr "" -" **描述 模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段.你可以使用 **描述 模板** 和 " +" **描述模板** 允许你为你的上架产品使用模板.默认的模板仅使用产品的 **eBay 描述** 字段.你可以使用 **描述模板** 和 " "**eBay 描述** 的内部html." #: ../../sales/ebay/manage.rst:21 @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the adequate buttons." msgstr "" "为了生成你的令牌, 你需要在开发者门户 `_.创建一个开发者账号。一旦你登陆, " -"你可以点击按钮创建 **沙箱 秘钥** 和 **成品 秘钥** " +"你可以点击按钮创建 **沙箱秘钥** 和 **成品秘钥** " #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ msgid "" "To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -"为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 配置(Configuration) --> " +"为了设置eBay集成, 进入菜单 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->配置(Configuration) --> " "设置(Settings)` 。" #: ../../sales/ebay/setup.rst:29 @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ msgid "" "(e.g. support contract), billing based on time and material (e.g. billing " "consulting hours) or a fixed price contract (e.g. a project)." msgstr "" -"有各种不同的销售服务 :按小时/天数预付(比如 支持合同), 基于时间和物料的账单(例如 顾问小时数的账单)或者一个固定价格的合同(比如, 一个项目)." +"有各种不同的销售服务 :按小时/天数预付(比如支持合同), 基于时间和物料的账单(例如顾问小时数的账单)或者一个固定价格的合同(比如, 一个项目)." #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/milestones.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ msgid "" "From your **Sales** module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` and " "create a product as follows:" msgstr "" -"在 **销售** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` 并创建一个如下产品 :" +"在 **销售** 模块下, 进入 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` 并创建一个如下产品 :" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:42 msgid "**Product type**: consumable" @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ msgid "" " sale order. You will be able then to manually change the delivered " "quantities on the sale order to reinvoice the copies to your customer." msgstr "" -"现在产品已经设置好了, 就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales " +"现在产品已经设置好了, 就可以创建该产品的销售订单(从 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售订单(Sales " "Orders)` ), 数量设置为0。点击 **确认订单** 确认为销售订单。随后你可以手工的在销售订单上更改产品数量在同一张发票单上给客户重复开票" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:64 @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ msgid "" "Still from the Sales module, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Orders` " "and add your product **Consultancy** on the order line." msgstr "" -"仍是从销售模块, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` 并在订单行上添加产品 " +"仍是从销售模块, 进入菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售订单(Sales Orders)` 并在订单行上添加产品 " "**咨询** 。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/reinvoice.rst:135 @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ msgid "" "option." msgstr "" "默认状况下, 产品是根据单位数量销售的, 为了能按\" 每小时 \\ \"销售服务, 必须使用产品的多种计量单位, 在销售模块下, 进入菜单选项 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` , 在本页面激活 多种 **计量单位** 选项。" +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` , 在本页面激活多种 **计量单位** 选项。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ msgid "" " setup:" msgstr "" "为了能够销售支持合同, 必须创建一个所有支持合同都能销售的产品。从 **销售** 应用下, 进入菜单选项 " -":menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 产品(Products)` , 用以下步骤创建新的产品 :" +":menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->产品(Products)` , 用以下步骤创建新的产品 :" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:48 msgid "**Name**: Technical Support" @@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ msgid "" "product sold. With the above configuration, you can only sell one support " "contract per order. If your customer orders several service contracts on " "timesheet, you will have to split the quotation into several orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以用多种方式跟踪销售订单或已售产品的服务。上述配置中，每笔订单只能销售一个售后合同。如果顾客在工时单中订了多项服务，你只能将报价分解到多个订单中。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ msgid "" "with the related product. Once the quotation is confirmed and transformed " "into a sales order, your users will be able to record services related to " "this support contract using the timesheet application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "产品创建后，你就可以为相关产品的销售订单创建报价了。报价确认后并转换到销售订单后，你的用户即可使用工时单应用程序记录与这一售后支持相关的服务了。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:93 msgid "Timesheets" @@ -824,12 +824,12 @@ msgid "" "been automatically created (``SO009 - Agrolait`` on the screenshot here " "above), so you can start tracking services as soon as it has been sold." msgstr "" -"要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务, 需要使用记工单应用 。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建, (屏幕上的\" SO009 - Agrolait \\ " +"要跟踪一个特定合同上的服务, 需要使用记工单应用。一个和销售订单关联的分析账户自动创建, (屏幕上的\" SO009 - Agrolait \\ " "\"), 然后只要服务被销售掉就可以对之进行跟踪。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:104 msgid "Control delivered support on the sales order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "控制销售订单中已提供的售后服务" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" " that are updated automatically, based on the number of hours in the " "timesheet." msgstr "" -"在 **销售** 应用下, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 销售订单(Sales Orders)` " +"在 **销售** 应用下, 使用菜单项 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->销售订单(Sales Orders)` " "来控制每张订单的进度。在和支持合同相关的销售订单行上, 可以看到 **交货数量** 会根据记工单中的小时数自动更新。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:116 @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ msgid "" "service. Periodically (ideally once every two weeks), you should check the " "sales order that are in such a case. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales " "--> Invoicing --> Orders to Upsell`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你在支持合同中履行的小时数大于等于顾客购买的时数，由于顾客已用完所有的服务配额，建议你向顾客销售额外的合同。应该定期（最好是隔周一次）检查此类销售订单，为此，进入:menuselection:销售->开发票->增售订单。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ msgid "" "create a new order (thus, people will timesheet their hours on the new " "contract). To unmark the sales order as **Upselling**, you can set the sales" " order as done and it will disappear from your upselling list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如你增加销售了支持合同，可以在已有销售订单中添加一个新行（需要在同一订单中继续计算工时）或创建一个新订单（在新订单基础上计算工时）。如要取消销售订单的**增售**标记，可以将其设为已完成，这样标记就会从你的增售列表中消失。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:138 msgid "Special Configuration" @@ -889,14 +889,14 @@ msgid "" "a sales order/contract, but you record hours on a task (that represents the " "contract). The advantage of this solution is that it allows to sell several " "service contracts within the same sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**创建任务并跟踪小时数**：在此模式下，每个销售订单行都创建了一个任务。那么履行工时单时，无需在销售订单/合约中记录工时数，但可以记录任务（代表此合约）的工时数。这一解决方案的好处是允许在同一销售订单中销售多个服务合约。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:150 msgid "" "**Manually**: you can use this mode if you don't record timesheets in Odoo. " "The number of hours you worked on a specific contract can be recorded " "manually on the sales order line directly, in the delivered quantity field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**手动**：如果没有在Odoo中记录工时单，则可采取这种模式。可以直接在销售订单行手动记录特定合约的工时数（位于已送货数量字段中）。" #: ../../sales/invoicing/services/support.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/products/uom`" @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "基于你的业务场景, 可以选择以下方式的其中之一创建 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:16 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 发票(Invoice)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) -->发票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr "该过程适用与服务类型的产品和实物类产品" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:41 msgid ":menuselection:`Sales Order --> Delivery --> Invoice`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) --> 交货(Delivery) --> 开票(Invoice)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`销售订单(Sales Order) -->交货(Delivery) -->开票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:57 msgid ":menuselection:`Recurring Contracts (subscriptions) --> Invoices`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) --> 开票(Invoices)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`再发性合同 (Recurring Contracts) -->开票(Invoices)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "对于订阅, 发票会定期地, 自动地生成。生成发票频率 #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:67 msgid ":menuselection:`eCommerce Order --> Invoice`" -msgstr ":menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) --> 开票(Invoice)` " +msgstr ":menuselection:`电商订单(eCommerce Order) -->开票(Invoice)` " #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ msgid "" "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " "creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " "received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "全额付款后，电子商务订单也会触发对于发票的创建。如你允许支票或电汇付款，Odoo只创建订单，收到付款后即触发发票功能。" #: ../../sales/overview/main_concepts/invoicing.rst:75 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" @@ -1175,49 +1175,49 @@ msgstr "产品和价格" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 msgid "Manage your pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理定价" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何以外币销售" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格表也可用于管理以外币表示的商品定价。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 msgid "" "Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " "Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " "Invoicing/Accounting apps." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在:menuselection:发票/核算->设置中，勾选“允许多种货币”，然后以管理员身份在“发票/核算”app中获得*顾问*访问权限。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" "Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " "pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为每种货币创建一个价格表。在价格表设置表中新出现一个“货币”字段。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 msgid "" "To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" " the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入:menuselection:核算->配置->货币，在右上角选中该货币并按**激活**启用之。现在货币下拉列表中可以显示这种新的货币了。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "外汇的价格可以用两种样式进行定义。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "从公开价格自动兑换" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 msgid "" "The public price is in your company's main currency (see " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "公开价格存在于你公司主要货币（见:menuselection:核算->设置）中，可在产品详细表中设置。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -1225,25 +1225,25 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " "European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" " :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在menuselection:核算->配置->货币中，找到汇率。汇率可以根据Yahoo或欧洲中央银行（视哪种方便而定）的数据进行每日/每周手动更新:menuselection:核算->设置。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 msgid "Set your own prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设定你自己的价格" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 msgid "" "This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" " rates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果你不想让定价随汇率变动，则建议采取这种方式。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgid":doc:`pricing`" msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "怎样使价格与顾客相对应并应用折扣" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1254,62 +1254,62 @@ msgid "" "quantity and get a price break), etc. As pricelists only suggest prices, " "they can be overridden by users completing sales orders. Choose your pricing" " strategy from :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo具有强大的价格表功能，支持为你的业务量身定制价格策略。价格表是一序列价格或价格规则列表，供Odoo搜索之后确定建议价格。可以将多个标准设定为特定的价格：周期、最小销售量（满足折扣价格的最小订货量）等。价格表只能对价格进行建议，不能调节已完成销售订单的顾客。选择你的价格策略，从:menuselection:销售->设置。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:16 msgid "Several prices per product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个产品有多个价格" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如需为每个产品应用多个价格，在:menuselection:销售->设置中，选择*每个顾客段的价格不同*，然后在产品详情表中打开*销售*页签，落实你的定价策略。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 msgid "Prices per customer segment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个顾客段的定价" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "为你的顾客段创建价格表：如注册用户、优质客户等。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "适用于任何新顾客的默认价格表为*公共价格表*。为将顾客进行分段，请打开*顾客详情表*并更改*销售与购买*页签下的*售价表*。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 msgid "Temporary prices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "临时价格" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:40 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "应用银行假期等交易。输入起始和结束日期。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请确保你在交易周期之外的价格表中已设置了默认价格。否则当周期结束后可能会出现问题。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:50 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个最小数量的价格" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:56 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格订单没有关系。智能系统能自动应用首次与订单日期和/或最小订货量匹配的价格。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:60 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "折扣、毛利、凑整" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -1319,59 +1319,59 @@ msgid "" "forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and ceilings (maximum margins). " "Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar or multiple of either " "(nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "第三个选项是设置价格的更改规则。这种更改可以与产品列表/目录价格、产品成本价或其他价格表相关。可以通过折扣、附加费更改价格，将其限制在最低价（毛利最低）和最高价（毛利最高）范围之内。价格可以四舍五入到最近的整数分/元或5分/10元的最小整数倍。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " "e-Commerce)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "安装完毕后，进入:menuselection:销售->配置->价格表。如果你使用e-Commerce，也可以进入:menuselection:Web站点管理员->目录->价格表。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" " option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "每个价格表项都与全部产品、某产品的内部目录（产品集）或某个特定产品相关联。例如在第二个选项中，你可设置日期和最小数量。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于系统是智能的，如果为某个特定项目设置了规则，为这个项目的目录设定了另一个规则，则Odoo会选用项目对应的那个规则。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:86 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "确保至少有一个价格表项覆盖了你的全部产品。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:88 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有三种计算方式：固定价格、折扣与公式。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." -msgstr "" +msgstr "由于使用了公式，我们能用不同的价格设定方式。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "Discounts with roundings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "四舍五入式折扣" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:98 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如：打8折，价格最高9.99。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "成本加利润（零售）" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." -msgstr "" +msgstr "例如，售价=2*成本（利润100%）+5美元最小毛利。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 msgid "Prices per country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "各国的价格" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -1379,35 +1379,35 @@ msgid "" "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " "country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " "pricelist without any country group." -msgstr "" +msgstr "价格列表可通过国家组设定。新录入Odoo的顾客均收到默认价格表，即列表中的第一项与国别匹配。万一该顾客没有设置任何国家，Odoo会应用第一个价格列表（没有国家组）。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:116 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建销售订单时，默认价格表会被代替。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:118 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以在列表查看中拖放价格表，从而更改顺序。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:121 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "计算折扣并向顾客显示" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在应用折扣时，可以显示公共价格并在打印销售订单以及eCommerce目录上显示计算后的折扣率，方法如下：" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在:menuselection:销售->配置->设置->报价及销售->折扣中，勾选**在销售订单行允许折扣**。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在价格设置表中应用选项。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" @@ -1419,11 +1419,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 msgid "Manage your products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "管理你的产品" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 msgid "How to import products with categories and variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何用目录和变量导入产品" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1431,65 +1431,65 @@ msgid "" "import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " "any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " "etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入工具中提供了导入模板，用于导入最重要的数据（联系人、产品、银行结单等），可以用任何电子表格软件（Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive等）打开。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何定制文件" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 msgid "" "Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" " here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "删除你不需要的行。我们建议不要删除*ID 1*，原因如下。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" "Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "拖放ID序列，给每一单条记录设置一个唯一的ID。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 msgid "" "Don't change labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise Odoo won't " "recognize them anymore and you will have to map them on your own in the " "import screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "不要改动准备导入的行的标签，否则Odoo无法识别，你只能将它们映射到你自己的导入屏幕上。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 msgid "" "To add new columns,Feel free to add new columns but the fields need to exist" " in Odoo. If Odoo fails in matching the column name with a field, you can " "make it manually when importing by browsing a list of available fields." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以随意添加新行，但是这些字段必须是存在于Odoo之中的。如果Odoo在匹配行名称的过程中无法与字段相匹配，你可以浏览可用字段的列表从而手动导入这些行。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么是ID行" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" "The ID is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use the one " "of your previous software to ease the transition to Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID是行项目唯一的标识符。请随意使用之前软件的ID，平缓过渡到Odoo。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 msgid "" "Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入数据时没有强制要求设置ID号，但设置一个在很多时候是有用的。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入更新：无需创建副本即可将同一文件导入多次。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "导入关系字段（见下文）" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何导入关系字段" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ msgid "" "linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " "relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " "their own list menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "一个Odoo对象总是与其他众多对象相关联（如一个产品与产品目录、属性、供应商等相关联）。为导入这些关系，你需要首先从那些关联对象自己的列表菜单中导入相应的记录。" #: ../../sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1505,11 +1505,12 @@ msgid "" "is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " "ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "可以用关联记录的名称或其ID导入。当两个记录同名时需使用ID号，这时可在行标题末尾添加一个“/ID”（例如：产品属性可表示为产品属性/属性/ID。” +" #: ../../sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置税务" #: ../../sales/quotation.rst:3 msgid "Quotation" @@ -1625,7 +1626,7 @@ msgid "" "First, go to the Sales application, then click on " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option **Enable" " the multiple address configuration from menu**." -msgstr "首先, 进入销售模块, 然后点击 :`配置 --> 设置` 并激活 **从菜单可以进行多个地址配置** 。" +msgstr "首先, 进入销售模块, 然后点击 :`配置 -->设置` 并激活 **从菜单可以进行多个地址配置** 。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/different_addresses.rst:24 msgid "Set the addresses on the contact form" @@ -1699,7 +1700,7 @@ msgstr "本节将告诉您如何进行。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:24 msgid "Install the Sales Management module" -msgstr "安装 销售管理 模块" +msgstr "安装销售管理模块" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1726,7 +1727,7 @@ msgid "" "below) and apply your changes." msgstr "" "在我们的示例中, 我们想要给\" Agrolait \\ \"一个\" 5% \\ \"的销售折扣。要想使用该特性, 进入 **销售** 应用, 选择 " -":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) --> 设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 " +":menuselection:`配置(Configuration) -->设置(Settings)` 然后在 **报价和销售** 勾选 " "**允许在销售订单行折扣** (见下图)并且\" 应用 \\ \"变更。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:49 @@ -1739,7 +1740,7 @@ msgid "" "Quotations` and click on **Create**. Then, complete your quotation as " "follows:" msgstr "" -"要创建你的第一个报价单, 点击 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) --> 报价单(Quotations)` 并点击 **创建** " +"要创建你的第一个报价单, 点击 :menuselection:`销售(Sales) -->报价单(Quotations)` 并点击 **创建** " "。然后, 按照以下步骤完成报价 :" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:55 @@ -1825,7 +1826,7 @@ msgid "" "Configure company data`." msgstr "" "更新你的公司的会显示在报价单上的详细信息(地址, 网址, 图标等) :进入 **设置** 菜单 : menuselection " -":`设置(Settings) --> 通用设置(General settings) --> 配置公司的数据(Configure company " +":`设置(Settings) -->通用设置(General settings) -->配置公司的数据(Configure company " "data)` 。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/first_quote.rst:118 @@ -1883,7 +1884,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. Doing so will prompt you to install the Website app if you " "haven't already." msgstr "" -"要添加建议产品到报价单, 您必须首先从销售应用程序启用网上报价 :菜单选项:`配置 - > 设置` 。这样做会提示你安装的网站应用程序, " +"要添加建议产品到报价单, 您必须首先从销售应用程序启用网上报价 :菜单选项:`配置 - >设置` 。这样做会提示你安装的网站应用程序, " "如果你还没装的话。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/optional.rst:32 @@ -1917,13 +1918,13 @@ msgid "" "between customers and sellers. Every seller has to declare all the formal " "information which include products and company policy so customer can read " "all those terms before committing to anything." -msgstr "" +msgstr "指定条款和条件对于确保顾客和商家之间的关系是至关重要的。每个商家都必须对产品和公司策略等信息做出正式声明，顾客阅读后再提交任何信息。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:13 msgid "" "Thanks to Odoo you can easily include your default terms and conditions on " "every quotation, sales order and invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo能帮助您轻松地囊括每笔报价、订单和发票的默认条款与条件。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -1937,7 +1938,7 @@ msgid "" "*Safe storage of the products of MyCompany is necessary in order to ensure " "their quality, MyCompany will not be held accountable in case of unsafe " "storage of the products.*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*MyCompany中产品的安全库存对于确保质量是非常必要的。如果产品出现缺货情况，MyCompany是没有责任的。*" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:25 msgid "General terms and conditions" @@ -1948,20 +1949,20 @@ msgid "" "General terms and conditions can be specified in the Sales settings. They " "will then automatically appear on every sales document from the quotation to" " the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通用条款和条件可以在“销售”设置中指定，这样，从报价到发票的每个销售文件都能自动出现这些条款和条件。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:31 msgid "" "To specify your Terms and Conditions go into : :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Default Terms and Conditions`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入:menuselection:销售->配置->设置->默认条款与条件，指定条款与条件。" #: ../../sales/quotation/setup/terms_conditions.rst:36 msgid "" "After saving, your terms and conditions will appear on your new quotations, " "sales orders and invoices (in the system but also on your printed " "documents)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "保存后，你的新报价、销售订单及发票（电子件或打印件）均会出现这些条款及条件。" #: ../../sales/sale_ebay.rst:3 msgid "eBay" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po index d97339908..7a60d559b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/website.po @@ -24,94 +24,94 @@ msgstr "网站" #: ../../website/optimize.rst:3 msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "" +msgstr "优化" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Google Analytics中跟踪你的网站流量" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "用Google Analytics跟踪网站流量的方法：" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 msgid "" "`Create a Google Analytics account `__ if" " you don't have any." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果没有Google Analytics账号，先到创建一个。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 msgid "" "Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " "ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "填写完新建表格后，接受用户条款并获得跟踪ID号。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "将这个跟踪ID插入到Odoo。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 msgid "" "Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " "turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进Odoo网址App的*配置*模式，在设置中打开Google Analytics并粘贴此跟踪ID号，保存页面。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 msgid "" "To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google " "Documentation. " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Google Analytics中的首次操作请参阅Google 文献（Google Documentation）" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:31 msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +msgstr "如何从Odoo仪表中跟踪你的网站流量" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 msgid "" "You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " "Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有了Google Analytics，你可以直接从Odoo网站跟踪你的流量统计。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 msgid "" "A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " "tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "准备步骤包括创建一个Google Analytics账号并在网址设置中输入跟踪ID（参见doc:`google_analytics`）" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to `Google APIs platform `__ to " "generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Google API平台中生成Analytics API证书，再用Google账户登录。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择Analytics API。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 msgid "" "Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " "to store your API credentials." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个新项目并命名（如Odoo），此项目用于存放你的API证书。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用API接口。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个用于Odoo的证书。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 msgid "" "Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " "of data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "选择*Web浏览器（Javascript）*作为呼叫源，选择*用户数据*作为数据类。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ msgid "" " JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " "URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " "'/google_account/authentication'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "接着创建一个客户端ID。输入应用的名称（如Odoo）及允许转向的页面。”授权JavaScript原点*是你的实例URL地址，*授权转向URI*是你Odoo实例的URL地址'/google_account/authentication'。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -128,26 +128,26 @@ msgid "" "Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " "is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " "Client ID in Odoo for the first time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "输入产品名称（如在Odoo中输入Google Analytics），完成用户许可步骤，可任意选择自定义选项（非强制）。只有第一次在Odoo中输入客户端ID时显示用户许可画面。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 msgid "" "Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，你会获得一个客户端ID。将此ID复制粘贴到Odoo。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. to past" +"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account. topast" " your Client ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在Odoo中打开网址仪表板，将其链接到你的Analytics账户，粘贴你的客户端ID。" #: ../../website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" +msgstr "最后，授权Odoo访问Google API接口。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:3 msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何在Odoo中做搜索引擎优化。" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:6 msgid "How is SEO handled in Odoo?" @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "`__" msgstr "" -" `谷歌网页速度 ` __" +" `谷歌网页速度` __" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:46 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test `__" @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "静态资源 : CSS" msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server side and browser side). The result:" -msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理, 级联, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。 结果 :" +msgstr "所有的CSS文件进行预处理, 级联, 精缩, 压缩和缓存(服务器端和浏览器端)。结果 :" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:54 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ msgstr ".text-muted {" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:73 ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:80 #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:122 -msgid "color: #666;" +msgid "color: #666; msgstr "color: #666;" #: ../../website/optimize/seo.rst:74 @@ -1220,25 +1220,25 @@ msgstr "发布" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何使用你自己的域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 msgid "" "By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " "name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " "(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的Odoo在线实例的网址默认为*.odoo.com*域名（包括URL地址和电邮），但可以更改为定制域名（即www.yourcompany.com）" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "哪些是好的域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 msgid "" "Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " "business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " "domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "你的网址与你公司或组织的品牌同样重要，因此要更改成一个合适的域名需要花些心思。见以下提示：" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 msgid "Simple and obvious" @@ -1265,109 +1265,109 @@ msgid "" "Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "更多信息请参阅：如何选择一个域名，使SEO最大化" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "" +msgid"How to buy a domain name" +msgstr "如何收购一个域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "" +msgid"Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" +msgstr "向主流注册机构购买域名" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" +msgid"`GoDaddy `__" +msgstr " GoDaddy " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" +msgid "`Namecheap`__" +msgstr " Namecheap " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 msgid "`OVH `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`OVH `__" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 msgid "" "Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " "issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "购买域名的步骤非常直接。建议先查阅以下简明指引：" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" +msgid"`GoDaddy `__" +msgstr "`GoDaddy " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 msgid "" "`Namecheap `__" -msgstr "" +msgstr " Namecheap " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 msgid "" "Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " "name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " "This is Odoo's job!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "随意购买一个邮件服务器，从而拥有带自己域名的邮件地址。但不要购买任何额外服务以创建或托管你的网址，因为这是Odoo的工作！" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:42 msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何将我的域名应用到Odoo实例中" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:43 msgid "" "First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " "yourcompany.odoo.com):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "首先，对转向路径进行授权" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "" +msgstr "从你自己的主页中打开你的Odoo.com账户" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:50 msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "进入*管理数据库*页面。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:55 msgid "" "Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击数据库右边的*域名*即可转向。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:60 msgid "" "A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " "www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "出现数据库域名提示符。输入你自定义的域名（例如www.yourcompany.com）。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:67 msgid "" "We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在可以从你的域名管理器账号应用转向了。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:69 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" +msgid"Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." +msgstr "登录你的帐户，搜索DNS区管理页面。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:71 msgid "" "Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." " If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " "redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建一个指向*mywebsite.odoo.com*的CNAME记录*www.yourdomain.com*。如你要使用裸域名（如yourdomain.com），你需要将*yourdomain.com*重定向到*www.yourdomain.com*。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:75 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" +msgid"Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "以下是一些创建CNAME记录的特定指引：" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:77 -msgid "`GoDaddy `__" -msgstr "" +msgid "`GoDaddy`__" +msgstr "GoDaddy `_" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 msgid "" "`Namecheap " "`__" -msgstr "" +msgstr"Namecheap " #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -1377,21 +1377,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何从我的Odoo实例中启用SSL (HTTPS)。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:84 msgid "" "To enable SSL, please use a third-party CDN service provider such as " "CloudFlare.com." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如要启用SSL，请使用第三方CDN服务提供者，如CloudFlare.com。" #: ../../website/publish/domain_name.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../discuss/email_servers`" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:3 msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如何进行网址转换" #: ../../website/publish/translate.rst:6 msgid "Overview"